1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
|
‘CimeForms
tay
VICTOR GIOSCIA
Foreword by
PHILIP E “SLATER
AN INTERTACE BOOK
VICTOR GIOSCIA
Heis...
- Associate Professor of Sociology and
Philosophy, Adelphi University
Executive Director, Center for Study of
Social Change
A practicing context analyst
Editor of the Social Change Series and
Social Change, an international journal
Heisalso... _
a piano player (jazz)
a poet
a professor
a writer
- an editor
a video taper
a theorist
a researcher
a therapist
a 43-year-old male
a heterosexual
a friend
a lover
a smoker
He was...
born of Italian parents
educated by Jesuits
analyzed by Freudians
transformed by freaks
loved by women
taught by students
and
befriended (reluctantly) by
Martin Gordon, et al.
TIMEFORMS
beyond yesterday and tomorrow
“SOCIAL CHANGE” SERIES, edited by Victor Gioscia
This series of Gordon and Breach books is edited in tandem with the
journal entitled Social Change. The series includes the following
books
VARIETIES OF TEMPORAL EXPERIENCE (in four volumes) by
Victor Gioscia Volume I—TimeForms
BETWEEN PARADIGMS The Mood and its Purpose by Frank
Gillette
HOW BEHAVIOR MEANS by Albert E. Scheflen
FOOTHOLDS by Philip Slater
EARTHCHILD by Warren Brodey
BIRTH AND DEATH AND CYBERNATION The Cybernetics of
the Saered by Paul Ryan
GALAXIES OF LIFE The Human Aura in Acupuncture and
Kirlian Photography edited by Stanley Krippner and Dan Rubin
TOWARD A RADICAL THERAPY Alternate Services for Personal
and Social Change by Ted Clark and Dennis T. Jaffe
Other books in the series will be announced as they approach
completion
TimeEForms
beyond yesterday and tomorrow
by
VICTOR GIOSCIA
Associate Professor of Sociology—Adelphi University
Executive Director—Center for the Study of Social Change—NY
AN INTERFACE BOOK
An INTERFACE book, published by Gordon and Breach, New York
Copyright © 1974 by Gordon and Breach Science Publishers Inc., One Park Ayenue, New
York, N.Y. 10016, U.S.A.
Editorial office for the United Kingdom Gordon and Breach Science Publishers Ltd., 42
William IV Street, London W.C.2, England
Editorial Office for France Gordon and Breach, 7-9 rue Emile Dubois, Paris 14e, France
Acknowledgement
| want to thank the American Journal of Orthopsychiatry for permission to reprint ‘‘LSD
Subcultures” from Vol. 43:3; Grune and Stratton for ‘’Groovin on Time”, from Psychedel-
ic Drugs, (1969); Plenum Press for ‘Psychedelic Myths, Metaphors, and Fantasies’’ from
Origin and Mechanisms of Hallucinations, 1970; and Doubleday and Co. for “On Social
Time” from The Future of Time (1971)
Victor Gioscia
Library of Congress catalog card number 73-87753. SBN 0-677-04850-5 (hardback edition);
SBN 0-677-04855-5 (paperback edition). All rights reserved on Interface books. No part of
this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechan-
ical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system,
without permission in writing from the publishers. Printed in the United States of America.
CONTENTS
Foreword Philip Slater
Prologue
1. LSD Subcultures: Acidoxy versus Orthodoxy........ 1
2. Groovin’ on Time: Fragments of a Sociology of the
Psychedelic Experience.......... 13
3. Time, Pathos, and Synchrony: Accelerating Alienation ..29
4. The Coming Synthesis: Chronetics and Cybernation—The
Architecture of Social Time... 45
5. Psychedelic Myths, Metaphors and Fantasies........ 61
6. Metarap: Who You Are Is How You Change........ 77
7. Drugs as Chronetic Agents .......--+++eeeeeeeee 89
8. Frequency and Form.....-...--++eeeseeeeeeeee 97
Metalog—On Social Time I]......-- seer reer eeee 105
NOTES cca die cand had 64 Soe WO6 CO TEE RERERESRS Oe HS 165
to Pam - for tenderness
Nicole - for caring
Eve - for joy
Gail - for hope
Lynne’ - for faith
Madelyne - for truth
and Ilene - for a time
vi
Series Preface
Humans are an endangered species.
We think the separation of fact from value is the principal
illusion responsible for the nearly terminal condition of our species
on planet earth. This series is an attempt to share the facts and values
of intelligent people who know valuable things that might help us
find, live, and experience in ways that are species enhancing, not
species destructive.
We think sharing information of this kind is as vital to humans
as water is to fish.
We think we can depollute our information environment by
introducing life enhancing values into the changing currents of our
lives.
We think the series should serve as a critical information
resource for people who are seriously trying to enhance the life of
the human species.
We will publish hard science only when we think it will help us
to do that. We will publish opinion, analysis, exhortation, review,
speculation, experiment, criticism, poetry and/or denunciations if we
think it is of critical human benefit.
We are not naive. We don’t think publishing a few truths will set
us free, We are not optimists. We don’t think the chances for human
survival are very good. We are not elitists. We don’t think that
showers of wisdom from Olympus will illumine the simple man’s
Vii
darkened awareness.
We believe that human consciousness both guides and responds
to human interaction, and that most contemporary interaction
proceeds from and perpetuates assumptions about human life that
are no longer valid. We believe that these assumptions can be changed
if/when we want to.
Some of our fondest assumptions have already been unmasked,
revealing blind commitments to short values. The most glaring
example—we once believed technology made interaction “easier”.
Now we know that when our technologies violate ecological laws, we
murder each other.
Some new forms of interaction (and some old ones) are
currently being touted as the way. We don’t think there is, or can be,
any one way. How to sort out the promising ones from the blind
alleys constitutes our principal aim.
We therefore deliberately adopt a post-disciplinary stance,
believing that no one view, be it philosophical, scientific, aesthetic,
political, clinical, what have you, has the answer.
We do this simply because we believe that we are living in an era
of hurtling social change, which we cannot experience with worn out
categories. We are thus in danger of trying to live without experience
(surely a suicidal venture) or with the illusion of experience (usually
a homicidal venture).
If we must experience to live, but cannot do so without terror,
we shall surely perish. Whether by suicide or homicide won’t matter.
Is it really the case that experience itself has become nearly
impossible? We think so. Because we become human by learning a set
Vili
of values, feeling, perspectives and assumptions when we are young,
helpless, and uncritical. When that set of values and feelings is no
longer adaptive to the world we later inherit, we experience a crisis,
which commands on the one hand that we interpret the world as we
originally learned to do, and on the other that we realize that the
world which gave birth to our first philosophy is no longer what it
was. When we must simultaneously trust and mistrust our most
fundamental values, it is hard to know what being human means.
We think a “long hard march” through the assumptions that
presently imperil us can only be undertaken if we do it caring about
each other, whether mandarin or peasant, star or clown, master or
disciple. We think new ways must be crafted and built, not simply
found or borrowed. Together.
We intend to be a sort of whole earth catalogue for people who
think that thinking about the human predicament might help its own
evolution, for the first time.
As editors, we will select and publish things we value as
attempts to foster that kind of voluntary humanity.
Therefore, we invite anyone, whether clinical, social, behavioral
scientist (or fan) student, faculty (or interested person) young or old
(or in the middle) to join us in the attempt to make a joyful human
future not only possible but likely.
So—if you think “Science” is the way, we’re not for you, and
you probably won’t like us. If you think radicals are mad (nee crazy,
disturbed, insane, deviant, misguided, etc.) we’re not for you, and
you'll probably loathe us. If you think the world will not be safe ’till
sociologists are kings, we think you're mad. Ditto for politicians.
Every day, changes race into our world like mad floodwaters,
undermining all we hold sacred and sure.
ix
Change is called for.
Yet, change is crisis.
What to do in such times.
How to live. Feel. Know. Experience.
That’s what this series is about.
Victor Gioscia
Executive Director
Center for the Study of Social Change
Foreword Philip E. Slater
Despite the anarchic confusion of change rates in the various
segments of our lumbering, creaking, and gear-grinding behemoth of
a society, few people, as Victor Gioscia points out with some
astonishment, have sought to understand and control its mechanisms
of acceleration and deceleration. Most people feel themselves to be
prisoners of time and in that darkness find it difficult to say anything
intelligent about it. This book attempts to order our contemporary
chaos in temporal terms. It is an essential work for anyone trying to
understand our era, its changes, the counterculture, the future.
The fascination of TimeForms for me is not merely the
arresting ideas, such as that psychedelic drugs serve to enable people
to handle and even enjoy the information overloads characteristic of
contemporary society. Nor is it Gioscia’s bold effort to construct a
temporal conceptual framework, a framework that forces us to bend
and stretch our rigid linear ways of thinking about time. Even more
significant for me is the character of Gioscia’s thought processes: a
restless questing, a nibbling and clawing at the boundaries of the
presently unknowable. Without this questing, which is unfortunately
almost totally missing from academic productions today, in either
their scholarly, .scientific or polemical manifestations, I find it
difficult to maintain interest in the written word.
This is not to say I have no quarrels with TimeForms. Gioscia
and I have several chronic intellectual differences. I am hyper-
sensitive, for example, to the slightest lapse into the kind of
progress-infatuated boosterism that characterizes Toffler and Bucky
Fuller. All my life, and that of my father and my grandfather, people
have been telling us enthusiastically that the next scientific break-
xi
through would really do it, would erase the ravages of the previous
ones and bring health, wealth, and happiness to us all if we would
just open ourselves to it and adapt. The demand I make on all such
arguments is proof that their spokesmen are not traditional futur-
ists—that they have successfully routed out of their psyches those
tendencies that have propelled us into our current pathological
condition, for it is characteristic of neurotic thought patterns to
imagine that their only error lies in quantitative insufficiency of
application.
Like many contemporary theorists, myself included, Gioscia
sees humanity enmeshed in a process which will force a transforma-
tion of some of these thought patterns more or less inevitably. The
only question is whether his system specifically encompasses those
that have wrought the destruction. For me, linearity and chronic
accelerative growth are the defining symptoms of social sickness, as
are discontinuity and lack of temporal harmony. I would therefore
raise the following questions about his theses:
(1) Does not his position take the ego-driven, achievement-
oriented, power-infatuated ethic of modern humanity for granted in
the very process of explaining recent changes in our attitudes toward
it? Is it mere pleasure-seeking that leads us to desire a portable
computer the size of a shoe box, a 500-volume library on a wallet
size piece of paper, energy to send a thousand rockets to the moon,
or the ability to dial China on a wrist-phone?
(2) I am far convinced that generalization is what produced
achrony in the first place—that the fantasy of transcendance is the
origin and root of modern social pathology. Synchrony is, after all, a
commonplace of uncontaminated nonliterate societies.
(3) Can the complexity of future communication technology
by itself restore the automatic sense of connectedness that the
ravages of individualism have destroyed? Like Gioscia and other
social analysts, I place a certain amount of hope in the young, who
have been spared the inculcation of certain deplorable motivational
Xii
structures, At the same time, despite their impulse toward communi-
ty, and its accompanying ideology, it is my strong impression that at
a gut, mMoment-to-moment level social responsivity in the young has
atrophied even further than in their parents. Gioscia explicitly
disclaims any view of the young as especially enlightened, but I
would like to see him turn their own eyes on themselves with the
same brilliance that he exposes the occupational neuroses of
traditional psychotherapists. Hope is a precious commodity and
Americans have centered it in their offspring since the earliest
settlers, a habit the results of which oppress us on every side. The
logic of change processes would lead us to expect the young both to
evolve cures for our diseases and to exhibit them in their most
extreme form, and this is the way it appears to me. I confess to a
personal bias here, however. Although I am fond of the young and
approve of them in a general way, I must admit that one of my
reasons for leaving university life was the profound boredom aroused
by having to spend a great deal of time with people who haven’t lived
very much.
(4) I am suspicious of analyses which stress discontinuity and
shucking the past. Most of the achrony of which Gioscia speaks
comes from our living in a mammoth junkheap of discarded
novelties. The only discontinuity that would impress me favorably
would be the rejection of our national commitment to transitoriness.
The most radical change possible in our society would be the
establishment of environmental stability and conservatism. In the
same vein, it seems important to distinguish between media-defined
social revolutions and real ones. Not all of our culture or population
is plugged into the media circuitry, and while a 5-year old ideology
may be regarded as “‘hopelessly irrelevant” the same is not true of a
500-year old one. Academics fall into the same trap:—most intellec-
tual history is like the universe seen through the eyes of a company
house organ. The fact that flower children, Woodstock, campus
protest, psychedelic culture, and so on, seem hopelessly passe today
is often used to argue the meaninglessness of those events, rather
than, as I would argue, the meaninglessness of our ways of defining
our experience.
xili
I don’t know how these issues are to be resolved, for Gioscia’s
vision of the future cannot lightly be dismissed, and may hold a
monopoly on hope. For me, in any case, our wrangling over the
future is of less interest than his effort to transform our spatial
thought patterns into temporal ones, an enterprise at one with the
redefinition of matter as energy, product as process, thing as long
event,
Clearly this is the direction in which the exploration of ultimate
concerns must go. All events which seem mysterious to us—psychic
phenomena, unexplainable forms of communication, transcendental
experiences—lend themselves to explanation in temporal terms. As
Gioscia points out, “some frequencies, after million year evolution-
ary periods of interacting dyssynchronously, have come into a
harmony which we call sensation. Air waves and ear vibrations in
synch result in our experience of sound.” Once we abandon our
“thing” orientation and begin to pay attention to the coordination
of frequencies all sense of weirdness disappears from these phenome-
na.
One specific question that this book raised in my mind was the
issue or “readiness”. Why do people suddenly take action after
avoiding it for long periods? Pay a debt, break off an unhappy
relationship, perform a task, go on a journey. How does a person
achieve sufficient synchrony within himself and between himself and
his environment to act with grace, effectiveness, and meaning? These
issues are at least recognized in the East, but Westerners (with the
exception of a few athletes and performers) are largely out of touch
with them. Most acts are performed mechanically by Westerners, in
accordance with clock time or some other bureaucratic compulsion.
This perhaps accounts for the harsh, chaotic, discordant, and
Oppressive quality of our urban life. The sense of the interconnected-
ness of all living things, of the exquisite timing necessary to maintain
and express this harmony, has largely atrophied. Hopefully this
volume will assist its reawakening.
XIV
Prolog
Print is a kind of delayed music, playing now words composed
in another time, a process in which the reader confers a temporary
immortality on the author’s once private thoughts and experiences.
You have before you the scores of compositions written in the last
five years for various occasions and performances. One is never sure
it is the best one could have done, and so, perhaps too late, one tries
to add a few grace notes. It would please me, as you read these
pieces, if you heard the music you remember hearing and enjoying in
the past half-decade, beginning just before “hippies” became news,
and ending in August, 1971.
It was a time of many changes, some deep and anguished, some
sweet and enduring. For me, it was a dialectical time, of birth, death,
and transformation. I learned, and in learning, died, and in dying,
learned. I was always surprised when I sat down to write, to find
myself as terrified as before to form the words the wisps of
awareness that serve as my understanding.
Once, it was possible to read leisurely and ponder long on the
eternal mysteries—who are we—why are we here—where are we
going—and transmit the results of these ruminations to classrooms
full of bright, eager, beautiful young people. That time is steadily
disappearing, as the young navigate through oceans of novelty more
freshly, more innocently, and let it be said, more perilously, than the
professors who presume to teach them. Deprived of time to reflect,
the young cannot gain perspective: deprived of innocence, professors
cannot learn. The era of rapid social changes blinds us all, blindly.
So too it was once possible to attend the meetings of learned
societies, to hear papers of significance and meaning, and even once
in a while to deliver them.
But we live in strange times, when nothing is as deadas
yesterday’s news, and nothing more difficult than tomorrow’s vision.
These are things which everyone knows, except perhaps those
so tossed and wrung that they must cling to views no longer adaptive.
They are recorded here partly to insure myself against the reader’s
anger when I stridently demand newer bolder imaginations, and
partly to explain the very ordinary circumstances in which this book
XV
was composed. For there are two ways to read it, depending on who
you are.
If you are literate, if your primary way of learning is through
the printed word, and have sampled the philosophers, the sociolo-
gists, the psychoanalysts, etc, that is, if you are an educated
academic person, you will probably want to begin with the metalog,
On Social Time IJ, since, in académic terms, it is the paradigm, or set
of hypotheses the other pieces “test”. It was written first, and
gradually expanded, patched, modified, changed. It will show you
what is written between the lines in the pieces that appear before it.
J€ on the other hand, you derive your principal education not
from books, but from experiences with friends and lovers, and if you
are already familiar with the psychedelic experience, you will
probably be able to trace my own psychedelic evolution through the
chapters.
In either case, I want to tell you why I have assembled them
here, in book form, though each was originally a paper spoken to an
audience. I have several reasons.
First, it is the first of four books on the nature of time, which I
want to do because I believe that time is to us what water is to fish:
it is dangerous to ignore.
Second, the psychedelic era too often naively divided us into
pros and cons, often parents against their own children. I want to
stop that war, if even only a little.
Third, I am, God help me, a teacher, and without an audience, I
am nothing.
Fourth, timidly, I think some of the ideas might be useful to
others who, like me, believe that we are in the midst of an
evolutionary crisis, and who believe, with mie, that a good theory
sometimes helps.
Finally, I wrote these words in joy, which I would like to share.
XVI
TimeEForms 1
LSD SUBCULTURES: ACIDOXY VERSUS ORTHODOXY
There is no need to document what everyone knows — there are a
lot of young people whose special use of psychedelic substances is
part of their special relation to contemporary culture. The special
set of values, attitudes, and opinions of this LSD subculture were
the focus of my participant observations in London, New York,
and San Francisco during the last ten years. “Interviews” with
hundreds of users revealed that an acid subculture is comparably to
be found in many other world cities, e.g. Copenhagen, Jerusalem,
Tokyo, Paris, Berlin.
Less well known is the fact that there is a growing tension
between the subculture of LSD users and what might be called the
subculture of therapists. The following paragraphs describe some
aspects of this tension, written as much to solicit as to share
insight into a phenomenon which increasingly troubles profes-
sionals in the therapeutic community.
VALUE CONFLICTS
In addition to their use of psychedelic substances which
precipitate experiences of a sort radically different from those with
which the midrange of therapeutic personnel are familiar, hippies
(and yippies and many others) are outspokenly antifamilial (drop-
outs), antipsychiatric (pro-paranoid), and anti-bureaucracy (radical
politics). They deplore wealth as alienating (the Digger Free Store),
cleanliness as neuroticism (clean is a hang-up), and prefer free sex
to the marital practices sanctioned by society. They refuse the
counsel of rationality (the bomb is rational, the Pentagon is
rational) and they insist that ‘‘doing my thing” is healthier and
saner than going to war or programming computers. They regard
the “‘trip’’ as a unique experience, communes as better than
2 TimeForms
traditional family life, and look forward to the replacement of
“violence” with “‘love,” and ‘‘education” with ‘‘ecstasy.”
They are increasingly regarded as social pariahs, public health
menaces, political pests, and as a degenerate generation, labels
which are said to earn them the right to “treatment”. Yet,
treatment programs face a number of very practical problems in
addition to the value differences described above when they try to
offer service to this population. Few are willing to become patients
voluntarily. Even if a given therapist has attempted to manage his
countertransferences to a patient who regards him as ignorant of
the trip experience, biased in favor of family life, militaristic
because he offers therapy instead of politics, an impersonal bureau-
crat because he is an agent of an agency, “hung-up on loot”
because he works for a living, and a puritan because he’s clean,
relatively monagamous and heterosexual, a therapist must still
confront a number of perplexing problems. For example, in
attempting to cope with a patient experiencing a bad trip which
may last from 10 to 12 hours, what is to be done about
scheduling? When the patient is a 16 year old who has run away
from home and does not wish to speak to his or her parents, of
what use is family therapy? Or, if one wants to treat the natural
group (or social network)” of significant others, does one suggest
that the whole commune come in? Is a bad trip an “emergency?”
Does Thorazine mollify a bad trip? Does Niacinamide?
Faced with these kinds of questions, an increasing number of
therapists are reexamining their treatment rationales, so that con-
victions developed: over long years of experience are now some
times regarded as value assumptions which may require modifica-
tion.
In our interviews we explored five areas. We did not structure
the interviews, so that often other areas cropped up to the
exclusion of our principal concerns. If we could comfortably
*I use the term in the sense conveyed by Dr. Ross Speck’s work. cf. Family Networks,
Ross Speck and Carolyn Attneave, New York, Pantheon, 1973.
TimEForms 3
squeeze a question in, we did. If we couldn’t, we didn’t. Our
interests were:
1. Subcultural differentiation: we wanted to know what
trippers and therapists thought of each other
2. Status: we wanted to know whether the avant-garde na-
ture of the acid scene threatened orthodox therapists
3, Relevant experience: we wanted to know whether the trip
is a unique experience
4. Sex: we wanted to know if traditional family sex and trip
sex differed
5. Religion: we wanted to know whether tripping involved
religious experiences
SUBCULTURAL DIFFERENTIATION
With respect to the subcultural differentiation, we found a
continuum of attitudes which rendered our dichotomy of trippers-
versus-therapists useless. Although we spoke with trippers who
regard therapists who have not “dropped” acid as hopelessly “‘out
of it”, we also spoke with trippers in therapy with nonusing-
therapists who felt that the course of therapy contained learning
experiences for both parties. However, trippers whose therapists
had had an LSD experience were uniformly envied by trippers
whose therapists had not.*
Self-administered massive dosages may result in good or bad
trips. Good trips induced in this way will ordinarily not send a
tripper to a therapist. Bad trips might, if the tripper panics and has
no one else to “talk him down.” The acid-experienced therapist
will know how to talk his patient down, if he has a number of
*Here it is necessary to distinguish, as Leuner does, between psychedelic therapy, which
involves massive doses of LSD in one or two breakthrough sessions, and psycholytic
therapy, which involves repeated lower dosages at regular intervals as adjuncts to the
therapeutic process. It is additionally necessary to distinguish the self-administered from the
professionally administered trip, since they may differ markedly.
4 TimeForMs
hours available. The acid-inexperienced therapist usually doesn’t
know that a patient in a bad trip can be talked down, and may
resort to medication (Thorazine, Niacinamide). When he does, in
the words of one respondent, ‘‘Then you have both the Thorazine
and the bum trip to handle.” A particular danger is the possibility
that the bad trip is due not to LSD but to STP, for the
combination of STP and Thorazine is believed to be fatal. The role
of the inexperienced therapist who fails to make this crucial
distinction is not an enviable one.
It is not surprising therefore that therapists who have had
relevant experiences are preferred by trippers. Like the heroin
addicts of yesteryear,’ acid “heads” know that there is no sure
way of knowing the strength of a “cap” of acid when they buy it
(or are given it free). Nor is it surprising that trippers feel confined
to their own resources and not a little disdainful of the therapist
subculture, which by and large, but especially in the United States,
is an acid-inexperienced subculture.
Perhaps the most important finding which emerged from our
interviews is the fact that the experienced trippers regard inex-
perienced trippers who seek help of acid-inexperienced therapists as
fools because of the high likelihood that acid-inexperienced thera-
pists are not only not able to help but are not willing to help, due
as much to their alleged moralistic alliance with an anti-acid
society as to their fear that acid is better than analysis (a fear
expressed to us by a number of therapists). More often, therapists
said that they’d like to try some but legal concerns prevented
them. A few therapists said they were able to learn a good deal
about LSD from patients who began treatment with them before
they began experimenting with LSD, but felt limited in their
ability to empathize with the experience.
It should be noted that many of the interviewed protagonists
of the LSD experience, both trippers and therapists, do not regard
the experience as fitting in neatly with psychoanalytic paradigms,
so that, in their view, LSD should not be regarded simply either as
TimeForms 5
a defense dissolver or as an ego builder, because such views are
uncomfortably psychologistic. The social nature of the experience
has also been noted by many investigators, notably by Becker? and
Cheek?, who have shown that social groups selectively define
aspects of the drug experience as real and unreal. Our respondents
repeatedly referred to the sociopolitical dimensions of the experi-
ence, reminding us, in the words of one young girl, that “dropping
acid and dropping out are really very similar, because, you know,
in an insane world, counterinsanity is saner than plain insanity.”
Thus, many users inquire more deeply into the therapist’s political
views than into his therapeutic credo, often believing them to be
more intimately related than the therapist himself does. We have
interviewed therapists who do this with patients.
STATUS
With regard to the relative status of the acid subculture, a
number of conclusions emerged from our interviews. First, as
reported above, many therapists felt that sooner or later they
would have to learn more about the LSD experience since they
believed the number of, users to be increasing and expected them
to need help eventually. Some therapists thought that they would
eventually try it, and others (usually the younger ones) eagerly
looked forward to the experience.
A paradoxical finding is the following. Before acid, therapists
who preferred the organic viewpoint to the psychogenic one were
regarded by many as old fashioned. Some smiled knowingly at
those who did not employ the then fashionable terms derived from
psychoanalytic theory. Now, the shoe seems to be on the other
foot. Those who attempt to reduce the acid-induced experience to
psychoanalytic terms are regarded as conservatives resisting the new
orthodoxy. Terms like “synaesthesia” are in; interpretations like
‘Gdentifying with the object” are out, at least among those we
interviewed, This should not be taken to mean that psychoanalytic
investigators are not researching the acid scene, Dr. Dahlberg at the
William Alanson White Institute in New York is among those
6 TimeForMs
highly regarded, although he is seen as cautious in both method
and dosage levels.*
Some who resort to LSD find their particular pathologies
temporarily. masked or even alleviated by the experience, but acid
is no leveler. In fact, the contrary seems often true, which is
recognized by experienced users in their ability to distinguish what
is generically due to acid and what is specifically due to idiosyn-
cracies of the individual. Again, we found our initial dichotomy to
be naive. The question is not whether acid dethrones orthodox
diagnostic categories; the real question seems to be which person-
ality types respond to acid in which ways. The work of Linton and
Lang® is particularly instructive in this regard, as is the work of
Blum® and his associates. They find different personality patterns
at varying dosage levels.
It should be noted that psycholytic therapy is gaining in
popularity in Europe as a professionally administered modality. In
the United States, in the absence of legal availability, it must be
reported that self-administered massive dosages are on the increase,
especially now that incidents of chromosome damage have been
reported, then contradicted, then re-reported, so that even profes-
sionals in touch with the literature state that the controversy has
not yet been resolved.”
The. status of the LSD subculture is in rapid flux. Hippies in
the East Village, in the Haight, in Soho now avoid the harsh glare
of publicity because they know that publicity, for them, leads to
ridicule and persecution. They resent the commercialization of
their way of life, their music, and their art, because it serves as a
vehicle for cheap imitation by faddists. Nor do they wish to be put
in the mobility race and competed with for status. Many of our
respondents were very seriously concerned with freedom, both
inner and outer, and would be much happier if they weren't cast
in the role of criminal violators of the American way of life;
bucolic emigration for those who are is becoming increasingly
attractive.
TimeForms 7
RELEVANT EXPERIENCE
From the point of view of relevant experience there is almost
uniform agreement — the trip is unique. This is not to say that
LSD is the only psychedelic drug, for there are many. Mescaline
and Peyote are favorites, as are Psilocybin and Psilocin. Other
psychedelics have been in use for centuries, but they are not
ordinarily found in the training experiences of therapists, and there
are few if any comparable experiences in the orthodox psycho-
analytic encounter. Alcohol is simply not comparable, nor are the
tranquilizers, sedatives, depressants, and stimulants found in the
psychiatric arsenal. William James’ famous experience with nitrous
oxide (laughing gas) is well known and his reaction was very much
his own. Others find this chemical quite delightful. One of our
respondents prefers it to LSD. But acid, like sex, is hard to
compare with other experiences.
SEX
In a much quoted interview in Playboy, Timothy Leary stated
that the real secret behind the acid scene was LSD’s fantastic
aphrodisiacal properties, which, for example, enabled women to
have “hundreds” of orgasms during a trip. If one takes the term
orgasm literally (that is, biologically), our respondents contradict
Leary’s assertions. However, if one takes a more metaphorical
meaning, our respondents indicate that the statement is true, by
which they seem to mean that moment after moment is filled with
delights of the most sensuous and rapturous sort, and that, for
hours on end, in what seem to be vastly extended spans of time,
wholly satisfying releases of ecstatic bliss are attained with magnifi-
cent ease.
It has been claimed that LSD is not specifically aphrodisiacal
but has that effect because it heightens the exquisiteness of
perception across the entire sensorium, so that, if sex is what one
is experiencing, it is a heightened and exquisitized sex one will
experience under LSD. Our respondents told us that there were
three ways in which LSD “heightened” the sexual experi-
ence: 1) It dissolves defensiveness and anxiety, thus enabling one
8 TimeForms
to enter fully into the experience. 2) It extends the sensations
associated with sex so that stroking and orgasm are spread over
large regions of the body. 3) It extends experienced time (as
opposed to clock time) so that one seems to have more time in
which to “luxuriate.” Thus, even though the clock is running, one
can play at one’s own pace. “Since a short time seems to last a
long time, it’s better,” is the way one of our respondents put it.
‘We were also specifically interested in another aspect of
psychedelic sexual behavior, namely, what one of our respondents
called the “group grope”’, in which a number of individuals of both
sexes participate in what might be termed an orgy. We were told
that group sex does not derive its impetus mainly from LSD but
from political rejection of the notion of private property and from
the practical unattainability of privacy in the urban com-
mune — that acid only served to disinhibit those who already had
the wish to “love together.”
It is instructive to observe that psychedelic sex differs mark-
edly, however, from the narcotically disinhibited sexuality, since
the latter becomes increasingly impossible as dosages climb. Hence,
a sharp distinction should be drawn between the psychedelic sex,
which is improved, and narcotic sex, which is depressed. Neverthe-
less, LSD users said that group sex is part of the new political
philosophy of community with which they are attempting to
replace older political philosophies of proprietary (commodity)
sexuality. Actually, we were told that acid and group sex, in
combination, are both aspects of a new political philosophy which
is emerging in the youthful acid subcultures around the globe, and
that proper initiation into this subculture involves far more than
acid and group sex.
Of interest to us was the relation between the “communes” in
which group sex is often practiced and the “family processes”
characteristic of the more permanent of these communes. If, for
example, a certain girl functioned as the mother of a given
commune, did she also function as a group sex partner? If so, what
about incest taboos, and if not, why not? We were told that roles
TIMEForRMS 9
were frequently reallocated within communes, so thdt this month’s
mother might be next month’s daughter, etc., and that there were
major differences to be found among rural versus urban communes,
the latter experiencing a more rapid change of personnel. We were
further informed that group sex was not the rule but was not
precluded by rule either, so that, if the spirit happened to move
them on any given occasion, it might occur. The fact is that dyadic
pairings are by far the more common occurrence. We were.
repeatedly told that LSD was not the sine qua non of group
sexuality, One of our informants reminded us that several accounts
existed in anthropological literature describing similar practices
among adolescents in preliterate societies, and that ‘drugs weren’t
prerequisites there either.”
Hypothesizing that there might be some relation between the
antifamilial values of the LSD subculture and anticonformist sex
roles, we asked dropout users whether they were consciously and
deliberately engaging in sexual behaviors that were specifically
opposite to the kinds of sex practiced in their families of
orientation. Again, we were given responses which accused us of
psychologistic reductionism, suggesting that we were hopelessly out
of touch with the generational nature of contemporary youthful
rebellion, which did not consist exclusively or even principally of
an antifamilial revolt but of a rebellion against all the major
institutions of urban-industrial societies. We were politely informed
that it was not simply with the family that youth was unhappy,
but with schools, jobs, wars, governments, businesses, and bureauc-
racies, indeed, the whole complex of cultural institutions of which
urban-industrial societies are comprised. “This”, we were forcibly
reminded, “is a cultural revolution, not simply an antifamily
experiment.” In this way, our hypothesis of reaction-formation
received its demise. We concluded that the acid subculture may not
solely be understood in psychological terms and that newer models
for its comprehension need to be devised.
RELIGION
We have already alluded to William James’ masterpiece, The
10 TimeForms
Varities of Religious Experience. Masters and Huston have written
what may be a minor masterpiece, The Varieties of Psychedelic
Experience,® in which they address themselves to the relation of
psychedelic and religious experience. Their orientation is explora-
tory, and they attempt to make sense out of the religious
statements made by subjects who report on their LSD sessions.
Some of their subjects report theistic experiences, some do not,
but many report feelings which they regard as religious.
We inquired of our respondents whether they had had reli-
gious experiences under LSD. Some responded that they had had
experiences which they would call religious if they were religious,
but they were not religious. Others said that the trip was the
“most profound experience” they had ever had, and, like Masters’
and Huston’s subjects, described the experience in aesthetic terms.
Still others described the experience as one of the “immense
unity” and “in touch with All.” That Tibetan, Hindu, and other
religious vocabularies are widely employed by LSD users is also
well known. Such languages describe what Paul Tillich must have
had in mind when he spoke of “ultimate concern,” or what John
Dewey described as a “genuine religious experience.” That such
experiences were not commonly described by our respondents in
theistic terms should thus not be surprising.
We were interested in the extent to which acid serves as 4
ritual initiation into a subculture, having investigated this hypoth-
esis in the narcotic scene.® In the present study, we wanted to
know whether the “profound” nature of the LSD experience might
serve as a ritual initiation into what may legitimately be termed a
cult, that is, a band of believers united in common observance of
religious ritual. It is difficult to classify the responses we were
given to the questions we asked in this area. Some respondents
pooh-poohed the idea of religious ritual, others said it was
“convenient” to share a Tibetan or Hindu language. Others (a
Feurbachian proletariat?) said that what was once called religion is
“what they were into.” We regarded this latter response as the
least defensively given, and found no reason to doubt its veracity.
TimMEForms. 11
As with narcotics, acid users almost instantly strike up a
rapport with each other. It is as if there were a “‘community of the
alienated.”* For example, ‘‘heads” who read Laing’s Politics of
Experience'® insist that the final chapter, “The Bird of Paradise,”
is a trip, and that Laing must have dropped some acid to write it.
Thus, acid may well serve to initiate members into a mystical cult
which promises deliverance from an age gone mad by suggesting
that there is a realm of peace above and beyond the falterings of
an imperfect civilization. It is not necessary that those to whom
such deliverance is given also be required to have an acceptable
academic theory of it.
CONCLUSIONS
Our conclusions from this exploratory study were the follow-
ing:
1. There is an LSD subculture. It is sharply critical of
orthodox therapy, and places itself in a “paranoid” opposition to
it simply because there is a uniqueness to the trip experience with
which many inexperienced therapists nonetheless claim professional
familiarity. Such therapists are often cast, albeit sometimes unde-
servedly, into the role of middle-class police whose duty it is to
eliminate an allegedly monstrous drug from the scene. Not a few
therapists refuse this role. Others experiment with LSD in both
their private and professional lives, but they are, at present,
especially in the United States, a decided minority. Those thera-
pists who do not regard a bad trip as a moral outrage, do not
quickly reach for tranquilizers when confronting a bad trip, since
they see it as an experience with which they can deal empathetical-
ly and, hence, effectively. Among users, professional or not, there
exists a bond of empathy which many regard as a prerequisite for
effective treatment, not of acid, but perhaps, even with it.
2. LSD-related attitudes represent in many ways only the
surface of a new emergent ideology, and therefore enjoy the status
that all new and promising things are accorded in a world in need
of miracles, It may not be unlikely that in the near future the drug
*I am indebted'to Prof. H. Silverstein for this phrase.
12 TimeFormMs
aspects of this ideology will be abandoned (the experience of the
Beatles in this regard might have been prophetic). For, in our view,
what is new about acid is mot its ideology of the absolute dignity
of the individual’s experience, nor its conviction that love is the
only sane response to a violently destructive world. What is new
about acid is its centrality to a generation of people who will not
mouth beliefs they do not actually live. With this experience,
hopefully, the professional therapist can feel a kinship.
3. It was Freud who taught us that sex is not always sex. The
LSD subculture seems to be trying to teach us that lesson again,
since we seem to have forgotten it. Perhaps polymorphous per-
versity is an infantile and unsociological creed. Perhaps it is a stage
of development which is better transcended. But perhaps, as with
play, it incarnates values which are less destructive than wars of
another sort, and perhaps, for the young who occasionally ex-
perience group sex in experimental communes, it is a necessary
experiment seeking new answers to old questions.
4. In an age where conscience permits the napalm flames of
war to engulf civilian women and children scarcely two decades
after millions were burned in ovens throughout Europe, the
suspicion that terms such as “neurosis” and “psychosis” may
become political weapons cannot be regarded as outrageous. Per-
haps, in such an age, some of those who seek some form of
ultimacy in mind-changing chemicals deserve neither to be
“treated” nor to be subjected to “criminal” processes.
TimeForms 13
GROOVIN’ ON TIME: Fragments of a Sociology of the Psychedelic
Experience
INTRODUCTION
The task of this essay is to focus the sociological imagination on
data derived from participant observation of the psychedelic scene.
What is attempted is an examination of processes in society which
help to account for the emergence of what many call a drug
subculture. It will be argued that the consumption of LSD and
related substances is an epiphenomenon, i.e., “‘symptomatic” of
deeper changes occurring in contemporary post-industrial society.
The hypothesis uniting the pages that follow is that psychedelics are
primitive psychochemical machines by which a new generation seeks
to master a range of new societal forces. Thus, the new drug
technology is produced by, hence does not by itself produce, a new
kind of societal agony.
PROLEGOMENON ON METHOD
Participant observation is a form of scientific experience which
escapes the trap of fragmented overspecialization because it necessar-
ily confronts the full plenum and contextual variety of its chosen
subject. It enables the observer to experience the interconnections
which controlled experimentation often defines out of the way. It
reduces the social distance between subjective and objective data, by
defining the observer as less unlike his subjects than laboratory
research defines him. It makes it possible for the observer to observe
his own experience as well as the experiences of his subjects, creating
an empathy which facilitates candid disclosure while reducing the
potential of paranoid reaction in the observational field. These and
other qualities of the technique of participant observation make it a
14. TrmelormMs
particularly useful method for one who chooses to focus his
attention on the contemporary drug scene.
But participant observation is not without traps of its own.
Vivid description is open to the charge of over-identification.
Empathy may be construed as loss of objectivity. Generalization
becomes more difficult as the number and range of particulars
increases. Cooptation and one-dimensionalization become increasing-
ly possible to the extent that the observer penetrates the universe of
inquiry. Further, the drug scene creates the danger of arrest for
felonious complicity as one more closely “observes” the behavior in
question.
Nevertheless, it may be argued that participant observation is
the method of choice when the universe to be observed is not yet
sufficiently defined to warrant the use of those sampling techniques
which lend themselves to more precise and exact statistical quantifi-
cation. In the absence of a census of drug-related behaviors,
participant observation yields up an array of data which make it a
valuable method, its shortcomings notwithstanding. The datum that
it is the method preferred by the observed adds to the value of its
adoption. The fact that it provides ethnographic concreteness is no
less a value in its favor.
One spells out the above criteria in order to confront the
increasingly met criticism that scientific exactitude is especially
needful in the matter of societal problems, an arena laden with
values, biases, and political choices. Agreed. One should confront as
well the critique which holds that we should aspire to no more
exactitude than is genuinely possible, and that if, indeed it is the
experience surrounding psychedelic substances on which we focus
our inquiry, then we should seek no more exactitude than such
experiences warrant. This is especially the case when we focus
sociological attention on the culturdl, social, and personal sources
and outcomes of the psychedelic experience, as in the paragraphs
that follow.
TimEForms 15
HISTORY AS INQUIRY
Being there (Dasein), Heidegger tells us, engenders a feeling of
having been thrown (geworfenbeit), as if one suddenly awakens to
find himself having been deposited in a strange oppressive place,
charged with the task of figuring out, not so much “who threw me
here” as “now what.” One feels simultaneously lost and impelled,
driven and trapped. These were the emotions characterizing the
heroin addicts we observed in a study completed a few years ago, and
these were the emotions characterizing the participant observer.’ In
those days, heroin was the medication of choice to which many
adolescents looked for the anaesthetic revelation of their desires. We
hypothesized that these young people sought from heroin a
temporary relief from the falterings of an imperfect civilization
which inflicted upon them the impossible task of seeking a forbidden
deliverance from their lower class plight. The situation was relatively
uncomplicated — one drug, one class, even one principal ethnicity,
making it possible to generalize from the particular turmoil of these
adolescents to the plight of similar adolescents elsewhere.
Quickly thereafter, a much younger population, no higher in
class but quite different in ethnicity, seized on the inhalation of glue
fumes and similar substances for the relief of their special turmoil,
forcing a modification of prior hypotheses, not solely with regard to
age and ethnicity, but also with regard to the range and scope of
substance choice.” But one could still adhere to the view that drug
misuse was the predilection of a relatively small number of young
“deviants’’ in our society, without risking professional scorn,
although it was becoming increasingly clear that the “problem’’ was
becoming increasingly serious.
Then, as everyone knows, LSD use spread among the middle
class youth of the nation as a fire through a field of hay, spreading
with it an array of substances (marijuana, mescalin, peyote,
psilocybin, et al.) across ages, classes, ethnicities, cities, and
subcultures, The situation came more and more to resemble the
well-stocked bar of the average American home, such that specific
drugs for specific experiences at specific times and places became the
rule, rather than the exception. The drug scene,’ like that of its
16 TimeForms
parents’, produced connoisseurs conversant with a variety of drugs
which induced desired experiences under chosen circumstances, with
degrees of social appropriateness shaded as finely as the gradations of
the Japanese bow. The “problem,” it was agreed, had reached
epidemiological proportions. It was occasionally noted, en
passant, that the new drugs had been available and in use by a small
number of cognoscenti for twenty years, and that some had been in
use for literally thousands of years. The question arose, “why are so
many young people now using so many drugs.” Parallels drawn to
the use of alcohol, sleeping pills, stimulants, tranquillizers, cigarettes,
aspirin and a veritable horde of socially sanctioned analgesics were
deemed not to the point. This was “different.”
It was not difficult to assemble ‘“‘data’’ from magazines and
newspaper accounts supporting the view that a stratification of drug
taste was in evidence, that lower class youth preferred “body” drugs
(largely heroin-and other morphine derivatives), that upper-lower
youth were beginning to favor ‘‘speed”’ (methamphetamine and other
stimulants), and that the initial sample of LSD users seemed to be
dropouts from a middle class life style their parents were astonished
to find they (the young) were not enjoying to the hilt, and were, in
fact, specifically critical of its alleged crass materialism (i.e., spiritual
vacuum). The out-of-hand rejection of affluence was especially
shocking to those by whom this affluence was newly won, i.e., the
nouveau bourgeois.
And, some noted, ‘“‘this’ was also international.* Like the jet
set chronicled in the mass media, youth in many world cities were
equally conversant, ‘tho differentially supplied, with the whole
panoply of drugs that so concerned their elders. To make matters
worse, it emerged that the therapy industry, to which parents had
been accustomed to turn for the relief of their offsprings’ alleged
symptoms, was increasingly regarded with suspicion, distrust, and,
not occasionally, outright disdain by young drug users—partly
because parents assumed that drug use was ipso facto pathognomonic
of emotional disorder, and partly because legislatures decreed that
drug use was ipso facto criminal. In short, the young were told that a
major norm of their subculture was either sick or wrong, although no
TIMEForMs' 17
one could dispute their right to a subculture without vitiating his
right to his own. Intellectuals murmured “double bind;’’ youth
growled “hypocrisy.”
Into this breach bravely rode the ill-starred ‘“Hippies,’’ whose
philosophy was abhorred by the very media which extolled and
subsequently expropriated their aesthetic. Settling into Haight-Ash-
bury in California and the East Village in New York, hippies
pronounced, as the Spenglerian Beats of the fifties had pronounced
before them, the imminent demise of western civilization. Unlike the
Beats, however, hippies set about systematically replacing those
institutions of straight society which, they charged, had brutally
alienated them from the joys of their own lives.
In July of 1967, at the Dialectics of Liberation conference
convened in London by R.D. Laing, Allen Ginsberg described the
new generation, variously called hippies, flower children, the love
generation, the now generation, and freemen, as having a whole set
of subcultural institutions of their own. For social workers, there
were the diggers; for politicians, provos; for police, Hell’s Angels and
other Bikers; religion consisted of an amalgam of Tibetan, Egyptian,
Hindu, Zen and astrological speculation, all facing in a deliberately
mystical direction, drugs and sexual rituals serving as sacraments. For
charismatic leaders, there were Leary, Kesey, and others. Language
was reinvented, as was music. Philosophy, art, morality, justice, truth
and beauty, each received a psychedelic rebirth and transfiguration.
Extensive media coverage of these evénts turned most Americans,
whether they liked it or no, into observers of the psychedelic drug
scene, in varying amounts and degrees of participation. If one wished
now to observe, with some aspiration of scientific method, one had
to abandon hypotheses restricted as to age, drug, or locale, for the
“problem” was manifestly societal in incidence and prevalence, if not
(yet) demonstrably in origin. We set ourselves the task of examining
those societal processes which might help to answer the query heard
now in virtually all quarters — why indeed were so many young
people using so many drugs in so many ways?
18 TimeForms
SOCIOGENESIS
B.F. Skinner could not have devised a more negative stimulus
for the young people in the East Village who regularly use
psychedelic drugs than the word Bellevue, a hospital on the fringe of
the community which they regard somewhat less positively than a
medieval dungeon replete with chambers of torture. The establish-
ment it is said to represent found itself hoist by its own petard when
its propaganda convinced an already irate citizenry that LSD tumed
sweet-faced youngsters into psychotic monsters, dangerous crimi-
nals, irrepressible rapists, and habitual thieves, since the public
turned around and demanded for its safety that these same either be
incarcerated or therapized and preferably both. Though the young
avoided both with nimble and embarrassing alacrity, they were aware
and made no secret among themselves that living in voluntary
poverty, using drugs whose street-calibrated dosages bore little if any
relation to actual content, created psychological, sociological and
medical problems which might benefit from the ministrations of
psychotherapists, physicians and community craftsmen, if only a
“hip” variety of these could be found. A number of helping
institutions soon decided that, ideological differences notwithstand-
ing, there were more young people with more unmet needs than
history had witnessed in a long time, such that ameliorative
intervention could no longer be deliberated. Mountains of bureau-
cracy shuddered, and hippy projects were founded, the most famous
being Dr. Smith’s clinic in Haight-Ashbury. A less famous semi-
counterpart, called the Village Project* attempted to care for some
of the psychosocial ailments of the local young “residents.” One
could there “rap” (talk) with groups of young people on topics of
their selection. One of their favorite topics was the subject of this
writing — Why drugs? Their astonishing widsom as sociologists both
simplifies and complicates my task, since sociologists, like their
therapeutic colleagues, seek ‘to understand, not simply accept, the
manifest content of behavior, even (especially?) the behavior called
understanding.
“sponsored by Jewish Family Service of New York
TimMEForms 19
Rap session participants at the Village Project were uniformly
agreed that ‘“‘dope”’ is central but not causal (i.e., a necessary but not
sufficient explanation) of their life-style; that getting high, getting
stoned, tripping (via LSD, STP, Mescalin, marijuana, and/or any
desired combination) is like opening a door to other voices and other
rooms, but, after you’ve opened the door, it’s up to you to keep
walking and actually do the trip, during which, if you’re up to it, you
will meet all manners of new turned-on experiences which are very
much your own solutions to your very individual plight. Dropping
out of alienated societal roles is said to be a prerequisite to real
tripping, since the ego-trips of which society is said majorly to
consist become visible as cul-de-sacs and blind alleys, to which a
return is unthinkable. A new freedom, the right of phantasy as
self-exploration, is ordinarily proclaimed prior to tripping, and only
subsequently reinforced by good trips. Bum trips are said to be due
to fear of letting go, or to contaminated drugs, not to the substances
themselves. Uptight people are to be avoided during trips since their
fear (and their violence) are said to be as contagious as they are
dangerous.
Two convergent trends in society were said to be principally
responsible for the drop-out phenomenon, to which the added
enticement of tripping is secondary. These trends are: 1) Automa-
tion: the attainment of an incredibly high level of affluence and
abundance in post-industrial (computerized) society, it is said,
renders the work-for-a-living (Calvinist) ethos a superfluous relic of
the first industrial revolution. Since supermarkets, restaurants and
other food merchants have far more than necessary, simply asking
for the remainder provides enough to live on. This makes it possible
to afford the leisure time needed to engage in self-exploration via
tripping, sexual variety, residential mobility, etc. Parents who
covertly send checks they can easily afford to send now that junior
has left home are not rare. In short, it is said, now that automation
has replaced work, play has assumed its rightfully central role, and, if
you know how, acid (LSD) is a powerful yet pleasant toy.
2) Cybernation: contemporary society has the power to communi-
cate vast amounts of information almost instantly. Just as the first
20 TimeFormMs
generation of mass media (linear print and film) fostered mass
consumption through mass advertising, at the behest of mass
production, so now the second generation of media (electron-
ics — audio and video tape, computerized pattern recognition) has
created an era of global communication, where nothing is foreign,
nothing remote. In McLuhanesque terms, the content of the electric
media is the former mechanical media, just as the content of the trip
is yesterday’s psychology. Once, a psychoanalytic foray was bedrock,
Now, all such forays become the ingredients of emergent psychic
forms called trips.
It will be perceived that electricity is common to both of the
societal trends the villagers put forward as explanations of psyche
delia, which support the view that if Hoffman hadn’t invented acid,
it would have been necessary to do so, since acid renders the
organism capable of enjoying the information overloads which have
become characteristic of our electrified society. The analogy runs
like this: as water is to fish, so acid is to the children of the age of
electric (global) communication. In the wake of such massive societal
forces, it follows that new social forms must emerge, to handle, as a
trip handles for the individual, the information impact on social
organization. Hence, the retribalization process McLuhan has des-
cribed is said to be the accommodation youth culture has made to its
electric environment. The commune (be it urban or rural, an
insignificant distinction in an era of total information) is a natural
social response to the age of electronic sociogenesis.
The convergence, then, of automation and cybernation, was
offered by east villagers as the explanation for the existence of
psychedelic drugs. These drugs, they say, are simply the psychochem-
ical equivalents of an electric society in which automated energy is
cybernetically processed.
Just as there are said to be two fundamental societal processes
at the root of psychedelic culture, so there are two “sick”
institutions which protagonists of psychedelic experience diagnose as
particularly in need of replacement, i.e., war and education. Wars, it is
said, are fought for the preservation of territoriality, which no longer
TiMEForms 21
matters in an age of planetary communication, by people who have
not yet learned that all violence is self-destructive exactly to the
extent to which it is efficient. Wars which require the young to fight
for the very values of the old they have rejected are thus said to be
doubly unjust in that they enroll pacifists in aggression, and
simultaneously pit young brothers in an emergent planetary culture
against each other. Hence, the young reject what they regard as a
forced choice between suicide and fratricide. Besides, it is added, the
trip experience is as delicate and fragile as it is lovely, to which even
subtle psychological violence is abhorrent and disgusting, not to
mention physical brutality. It is said that trips teach the futility of
violence, wars included.
Schools, which claim to teach the heritages of their societies,
are rejected no less vehemently for making that very claim. The
young who proclaim the appropriateness of their electric sensibilities
argue that a school system which attempts to foster industrial values
is engaged in a process of mechanical propaganda no less insidious
than any other form of brainwashing. It is said that schools, and
especially multiversities, are information factories designed to pro-
cess young people into readiness for alienated roles in the military
industrial complex, from which the young are already in full flight.
Some even argue that universities are worse than battlefields since
they are the training grounds for them without acknowledging that
that is their nature. Universities are said thus to add hypocrisy to
their irrelevance to the electric age.
Attending to these themes over and over again, the participant
observer gradually shucks off his surprise that “heads” engage so
earnestly and so solemnly in “raps” on art and media in the same
breaths as they rap about war and education. Their earnest solemnity
is distributed equally over these topics because they are, in their
view, struggling for the very existence of the only culture that gives
meaning to their daily experience. They are literally fighting for their
lives,
Every culture selects from the range of human potentials, and
molds the organisms that are its raw stuff in its own image. And
22 TimeForms
every, culture, by its agreement that some values and behaviors are
central, defines other values and behaviors as peripheral, less central,
“deviant.” This is no less true of the participants in the Village
Project, so that, in what follows, the inference that each and every
one of these young people is singlehandedly responsible for the birth
pangs of a new civilization should not be drawn. For every sane
“head” we confront, we met two lost or mad ones. Yet the point lies
deeper — for if, as it seems, there is a new culture aborning, then for
many the birth process is extremely painful, if not injurious. But not,
we emphasize, for all.
Once this is understood, one also understands why the young
will gladly ignore a serious upper-respiratory infection (gained from a
shared pipe) or a piece of glass in a bare foot (acquired on a stroll
together). They are felt to be badges of solidarity incurred in a
collective struggle, in a revolution, they say, with nothing less than
culture itself at stake.
UNDERSTANDING UNDERSTANDING MEDIA
The reader will recall that we set ourselves the task of
understanding why the psychedelic culture understands itself the
way it does, that our inquiry regards the electric metaphor as the
manifest content, which itself requires explanation. In the language
of my discipline, stated explanations are regarded as ideologies,
‘themselves requiring explanation. Sociologists refer to this specialty
as the sociology of knowledge, a field heavily indebted to such giants
as Marx, Mannheim, and Marcuse, for their elaboration of the view
that men’s situations determine their thoughts far more than their
thoughts determine their situations. Thus armed, we turn our
attentions to the social process which has elevated the electric
metaphor into a believed mythology.
It was Marx, correcting Hegel, who first revealed what now is
regarded as a commonplace, although at first it seemed esoteric and
arcane. In the dialectical view, when men reflect on their situation,
they diagnose the injustices of their condition, and then seek to
change it. They attempt to change the world as they find it into the
TimEForms 23
world they want it to be, by their work. When, by their work, they
do transform their situation, and then again reflect on it, they, like
God in Genesis, see that the world they have made is good, or, at
least, more just than it was. This process of work changing reflection
and reflection leading to further work is described as the dialectical
relation between social substructure and ideological superstructure.
Thus, the industrial revolution, itself a new mode of changing the
world, transformed the preindustrial (Calvinist) ideology of thrift
into the post-industrial (Veblenist) ideology of progress, i.e., con-
spicuous consumption. Before it, the devil made work for idle hands;
after it, the popular view was that all work and no play makes Jack a
dull boy. Mobility supplanted class struggle as inevitably as the
machine replaced the bicep.
It remained for Marcuse to show that societies’ efforts to
generate demand even beyond the greedy dreams of conspicuous
customers required them to foster what he called “surplus repres-
sion,”> i.e., to get people to believe that it was more important to
repress instinctual eroticism than to develop it, because it was more
important to consume (for society) than to transcend (alter society).
Subsequently, Marcuse revealed that post-industrial society employs
its media to establish an ideology hostile to transcendence itself, such
that citizens are bidden to remain one dimensional men.® Those who
attempt to rise above the one dimension society permits by creating
works of two dimensions (the prototype is the consciously alienated
artist who depicts the new dimension in all its transcendent glory)
will find their works reduced to one dimensionality through mass
media mechanisms — his work will be mass produced and mass
marketed, and thus made ordinary and routine, if not tawdry and
banal. A case in point was noted above — the appropriation of
psychedelic art forms by the “plastic’’ advertising industry. One
por also add long hair, acid rock, “hip” jargon and “freaky”
clothes.
The relevance of these theories to our inquiry is the follow-
ing: Marx envisioned a process that took an hundred years to have
its full impact, and, within that time, Marcuse saw processes take
their toll in less than a generation. A recent N.Y. Times article (in the
24 'Timelorms
business section) described third and fourth generation computers,
which all came about within a decade.* If we regard computers in
general as the new technological means of production, and informa-
tion configurations as the new ideological products of that process,
we may calculate that societies now change ten times faster than
Marx’ original depiction. If we count each generation of computers
separately, we confront a society which can change the structural
base of its ideology four times within a decade. If ideologies are
formed by reflection on the world we make by our labors, it follows
that we are living in an era of such rapid change that those
accustomed to it will regard even a 5 year old ideology as hopelessly
irrelevant, since it no longer describes the world one confronts.
The extremity of this situation may be directly observed in
what sociologists call intergenerational stratification, i.e., the genera-
tion gap. In a society which changes so rapidly, the very process’ of
socialization by which parents attempt to acculturate their infants, is
doomed since the contents of that socialization will be obsolescent
even before the process is over, even if most of it, as the
psychoanalysts tell us, is accomplished in the first 5 years. Such a
pace of change makes obsolete the very possibility of teaching an
ideology which explains the world situation to those in a dissimilar
.world. When the world changes four times in a decade, it had better
invent a way of comprehending itself that changes as fast as
experience does. And that, I argue, is exactly what psychedelics
are — a psychochemical technology which no longer bothers with the
simple enumeration of the content of processes, but focuses the
inner eye on the exponents of such processes. That, I submit, is the
inner meaning of the term “tripping,” which focuses on the rates of
change of a changing experience, not simply on the changing content
of experience.
Bitter conflicts are thus generated between those who trip and
those who do not know what tripping is, who hurl the epithet
“first generation, vacuum tubes; second, transistors; third, integrated (printed) circuits; fourth
— bioelectrics.
TimeForms 25
“hedonism”, as if that, finally, was that. Other epithets are
employed, ranging all the way from subversion to seduction.
Subcultural confrontations no less acrimonious than “race riots”
have not been rare, and little documentation is needed to remind us
that, but for one rare summer of flower power, relations between
police and the psychedelic community have not always been cordial.
The point is, tripping stratifies the forms of consciousness, giving rise
to behaviors which uninitiates must regard as strange and unfamiliar,
if not as weird, sick, and/or demented. The public media reveal that
this new form of consciousness is the issue. Is it sick, we are asked?
Can it possibly be healthy?
The science media are uniformly in agreement that psychedelics
alter the time sense of experience. Just as computers can process
billions of bits (binary digits) of information per second, so when
high, can one seem to experience hours and even years in a few
minutes. That is the meaning of the word “high,” which describes in
spatial terms an experience in which one seems to be able to scan
vast horizons from above, encompassing thousands of bits of
experience as astronauts take in thousands of miles in a glance.
But do not be misled by the spatial metaphor, nor by the
electric one, for a more important property of the expanded time
phenomenon is the following — when you expand time, you give
yourself the ability to pay full emotional attention to events which
in “real” (clock) time would have sped by too rapidly for your
empathy to catch hold. This accounts for the observation frequently
made that a true “head” will “play” with an unknown object while
one more hurried than he will simply not have the time to spend on
it. This property of the psychedelic experience also helps us account
for the alleged aphrodisiacal properties of LSD and related sub-
stances, since, when it is not hurried, when one can give one’s full
time to the emotional appreciation of each caress, sexual enjoyment
(any enjoyment, for that matter) is materially enhanced.
I have alluded to but two of the time changing properties of the
trip — the ability to appreciate changes in rates of change, and the
26 TimEForMs
ability to dwell on detail. If they seem contradictory, perhaps a bit
of clarification is in order, for we have not yet touched the heart of
the matter.
It lies in the very nature of generalization that once made it
clarifies particulars. We are all familiar with the experience of
uncertainty when perceiving a vaguely familiar object at a distance.
As we draw nearer and its outlines become sharper, we exclaim — ah
yes, it’s one of those. It is just so in the case before us — with a slight
variation, for acid, I believe, is only the first of many engines soon to
be constructed, which engenders the ability to generalize and classify
not objects, but tzmes. Thus, the ability to dwell on rates of change
brings with it the ability to more exquisitely dwell on instances of
change.
You see where the argument leads. Just as the automated
(second) industrial revolution generalized the first by dealing with
the informational exponents of energy processing rather than simply
with energy constellations (objects) seriatim, so the psychedelic
(second) chemical revolution generalized the first (anaesthetic) one
by dealing with the temporal exponents of getting high rather than
simply getting stoned (drunk) time after time.
That is why the process of generalization, which we poor
mortals attribute to the power of our intelligences, is a far more
naturalistic process than we often perceive. Generalization, it begins
to emerge, is that natural process whereby instances transcend their
classes of events. Just as galaxies generate stars which expand the
limits of galaxies, as men make worlds which outmode their world
views, so now we are witnessing one of the most far-reaching
revolutions ever to come from human effort, i.e., we are beginning to
pass beyond (depasser, aufbeben) the era of human history which,
impelled by the scarcity of objects, clung to the dream that the
endless production of objects would set us free. Now that the young
can directly experience a world in which cybernetic automation
makes scarcity an obsolete concept, they begin to inhabit another
TimEForms 27
whole realm, the dimension of time, which Einstein brought to earth
after his promethean intellectual trip.
If we seem wholly supportive of all of the values of young
psychedelists, let us not be misunderstood. Our task here is to
analyze the sociological currents on which psychedelia floats, not to
examine in detail the pathologies of some of its incumbents. It is one
thing to examine the social forces which drive a movement — it is
another to focus on the plight of those so driven. Entirely another
matter is the question of action—what shall we do for those
damaged by misuse of psychedelic substances. These are tasks for
another writing.
CONCLUSION
I hold, then, the view that our culture has so accelerated the
pace of societal change that the simple serial encountering of one
experience after another has become obsolete for its young, who are
trying to dwell exponentially (i.e., to generalize) on what we elders
can only manage arithmetically. They are not only as comfortable in
the realm of time as we are in the realm of space, but they have a
sense of adventure and discovery about time which many of us have
about space. While we build rockets to take us to the stars, they
attempt to build a culture which will take them into temporal
regions of mind which we will fail to comprehend with merely spatial
models.
In my view, this adventure, and its corollary misadventures, is
absolutely central to what we are about as a species. The young seek
nothing less than the next step in the evolution of human
consciousness, the transcendance of spatial, linear, one-dimensional
consciousness.
It is clear that this is no small undertaking — that the risks are
terrible, that the likelihood of tragic mistakes is high, that there will
be fatalities and large numbers of casualties. | fervently wish that
they were unnecessary and aim my work to prevent as many as
28 TimeFormMs
possible, and to assist in the healing of those we fail to prevent. For
it is true that many of those embarked on this adventure are as blind
to its dangers as they are unaware of them, so that they are often
foolish and often injured.
And yet, there are some who know, who hear the music of the
spheres, who accept the deeper challenge to carry history forward.
These will be found, on close examination, when they have removed
some of the outmoded ideological baggage we force them to carry, to
be engaged in founding a new form of temporal consciousness, which
I call ‘‘groovin’ on time.”
TimeForms 29
TIME, PATHOS, AND SYNCHRONY: Accelerating Alienation
INTRODUCTION
This paper is one of a series reporting participant observation on
the relation between the ‘‘psychedelic subculture” and the almost
unexperienceable rate of social change endemic. to our post-industrial
environment. ‘‘Acidoxy versus Orthodoxy”’ compared and contras-
ted some of the value conflicts between ‘‘heads” and therapists as
they experience their respective changes. ““Groovin’ on Time — Frag-
ments of a Sociology of Psychedelia’’? examined the hypothesis that
psychedelic drugs represent the beginnings of an emerging psycho
chemical technology enabling homo sapiens to manage the otherwise
unmanageable rate of social change generated by cybernetic automa-
tion. In this chapter what is explored is the view that our
post-industrial vate of social change radically alters the notion of
“alienation”, anachronizing and rendering obsolete some of the very
criteria we have been accustomed to use in attributing the statuses
“mental health” and “mental illness” to individuals, groups, and/or
“subcultures.” In addition it is argued that the rate of change
inflicted by the current cybernetic environment on individuals,
groups, and/or subcultures calls for the delineation of wholly new
criteria as to whom we should call “alienated”, mentally healthy
and/or mentally ill. Application of these criteria throws light on the
differences between a ‘‘bum trip’ and a good one, between tripping
and schizophrenia, and, in addition, help us to put the double bind
hypothesis in a perspective rendering it susceptible to further
generalization and specification.
In our view, bum trips, schizophrenic episodes, and other “‘hang
”
ups” are called “alienated” because, in an environment which
30 TrmeForMsS
changes faster than we can comprehend it, we become addicted to
outmoded conceptions of the temporal nature of human experience.
Abandonment of these unnecessarily limiting conceptualizations is
facilitated by examination of an alternative metaphor.?
We shall argue that recasting the dialectical metaphor can
provide theoreticians and clinicians with a new way of understanding
the social genesis of individual “pathology” and suggests a way
to transcend it.
OBSERVATIONS
As everyone knows, New York’s Greenwich Village was the
location of the largest permanent assembly of “heads” (regular users
of psychedelic substances) in the nation:or in the world, for that
matter. But what is becoming equally well-known, through increasing
advertisement in the several media, is that New York and San
Francisco no longer may lay claim to a monopoly on psychedelic
enthusiasts, especially since those college campuses which do not
report the existence of their head contingents are only exactly that,
ie., those who do not report. Few doubt that they are there
nonetheless, and it is becoming increasingly clear that not all of them
wear long hair, since even high school teenyboppers now practice
that form of communication.
Network radio is thoroughly aware that the special music of
psychedelia, sometimes called acid rock, is a two billion dollar
business which it ignores at its peril, notwithstanding the exquisite
paradox that acid lyrics put down the sort of (bureaucratic)
“uptight” consciousness of which the networks consist. Similarly the
most brilliant films and videotapes now emerging from head culture,
which laugh in tragicomic dada style at the “strait” movie world, are
being sought by the same networks and movie worlds whose
existence they mock and subvert. Few painters ignorant of the
psychedelic experience are counted in the avante garde, as are few
practitioners of post-New Left politics. Clinics opened with the aim
of offering relief to those ‘‘damaged” by their drug-induced
TimeForms 31
adventures quickly discover that there are at least two kinds of acid
enthusiasts: heads who know what they’re doing, who therefore
don’t want any “help” of the traditional kind* (psychotherapy, job
counselling, family therapy, et a/.); and very young patients who
seem adrift in the chaos of contemporary life, the angry lost
runaways seeking refuge, peace and a meal, maybe. Universities find
themselves in a situation not essentially dissimilar, since often, as
Kenniston® reports, the brightest kids, who have the best ideas as to
what the universities must become if they are to survive, are those
who are closest to the head scene. Young bi-cultural professors (half
intellectual and half hip) are decreasingly rare. Record companies
now employ ‘“‘company freaks” who mediate between bedraggled
looking rock groups and vested company executives.© The demand
for young therapists who “know acid” soars while hope of finding
them in sufficient numbers approaches the vanishing point.
Observations of similar phenomena are not hard to assemble:
A graduate Sociology student teaching in a “ghetto” grammar
school (to avoid the draft) plans a thesis on why the black kids who
used to see through the political slogans of the ‘‘War on Poverty”’ at
age twelve, now do so at age nine, and even earlier.
A Philosophy Ph.D. drop out from Berkeley guest-lectures to a
Social Pathology class at a small university, during which he first puts
down the audience for not understanding McLuhan, then, putting
down McLuhan as nostalgic, begins extolling “‘Bucky”’ Fuller.
Three black pre-teens helping to collect dollars during the
Living Theatre’s performance of “Paradise Now,” pocket every other
bill, giggling “‘shee-it” at the naivete of the bourgeoisie who think
they’re “contributing to a just cause.”
A conversation at a coffee house examines for two hours why
the strobe light behind the Beatles film ‘‘The Yellow Submarine”
helps enjoy it if you’re high on pot.
32 TirmeFormMs
Young clinical psychologists who protest they haven’t learned
anything fundamentally new since they began “training” wonder if
acid therapy will render their educations obsolete.
Exotic nightclubs offer total environments of mixed media,
renting out shifting sound-light-movie-slide-music-video walls, with
individual earphones and semi-transparent gowns for seven dollars an
hour.
Four interns and their wives look for an inexpensive house in
the “East Village” to establish a commune offering free medical care
evenings and weekends.
The Philosopher Whitehead proclaimed in 1950 that the West
had witnessed more change in the last 50 years than in the last 50
centuries, and the several commissions investigating the 21st century
announce that the rate of social change in the year 2000 will have
become 300% faster than it is now.
Private portable video cameras and tape recorders were owned by
5 million Americans by 1970.
Scientists at MIT are investigating whether video-holography
will replace television as the major medium of the next decade.
DISCUSSION
The foregoing are all examples of a phenomenon increasingly
observable in our age of rapid change. What is common in each
observation is a discrepancy between two rates of change, to which
we apply the term achrony.’»® Achronistic situations are found
when those accustomed to one rate of change are confronted by
another. Those accustomed to a rapid rate who find themselves in a
decelerating situation are thus not entirely dissimilar to those who
are accustomed to a relatively slow rate of change who find
themselves confronted by an accelerated one. Both experience a
change in the rate of change tliey are used to, although, to use an
algebraic metaphor, they are oppositely signed.
TimMEForms 33
But calling one change “‘positive” and the converse “negative”
clouds the potential severity of the emotional experience engendered
by such situations. For example, if “identity” is based on the
expectation that a given rate of change will continue to obtain
throughout one’s life, ‘“‘positive’’ changes in the rate of change will
precipitate continuous identity crises. In psychoanalytic language,
this means that one will constantly face a situation in which one’s
identifications become increasingly obsolete. The fact that persons
faced by the prospect of identity annihilation often resort to violent
defensive actions in order to maintain their identities? »1° focuses the
severity of achronistic plights at the appropriate level of magnifica-
tion. This sort of thinking leads logically to the abandonment of
philosophies based on sameness, or identity, since these concepts
suggest a permanence and stability which it is no longer possible to
observe in any but the most remote culture still untouched by
cybernation.
An even more somber example comes into view if we look at
the so-called generation gap in an achronistic perspective. The young
for whom each new experience represents a greater percentage of
their entire experiential world, can, for that reason, accept change
experiences far more readily than their adult counterparts, for whom
new experiences constitute a lesser percentage of their total
accumulation. The truism that most kids are far more open to change
than their elders, is only partly explained by the fact that adults, by
the time they have reached adulthood, have slowed down their rate
of change as compared to their young, who are still changing rapidly.
It is also partly explained by the fact that the young were born into a
world that was already changing faster than the world into which
their parents were porn, so the two generations not only change at
different rates, but they are changing their rates of change at
different rates. The “gap” problem is thus far more serious than the
adjectives “traditional versus innovative” suggest, for the “gap” is
not simply one set of norms against another—it is actually one set of
rate norms against another. The generations are quickly growing
further apart.
34 TimeFOoRMS
Mathematicians and astronauts are accustomed to calculate such
rate discrepancies by placing them in differential equations, where
the X’s and the Y’s, so to speak, are changing rates of acceleration
and deceleration. Clearly, if you want to calculate exactly when and
for bow long to fire your rocket engine to boost your acceleration
from sub-orbital to escape velocity, how long you may continue to
decelerate due to earth’s gravity, when you will begin to accelerate
due to moon gravity, when and for bow long you should fire your
engine to escape moon orbit, and when and for how long you must
fire to decelerate in order to land safely, clearly, you had better
master changing rates of change.
It is less commonly observed that exactly the same sort of
exquisite timing is called for in comprehending the rates at which
technology alters cur social and personal lives. Factually, we do not
have the ability to calculate with comparable precision how to
accelerate and decelerate the rates of social change that govern us. In
this perspective, it is curious to note that so few have even sought, so
to speak, the gas pedals and the brakes of our society. More
curiously, when they are sought, a cry and a harangue are heard that
control over the rates of commonly change-inducing technology will
lead to facism, imperialism, socialism, communism, name your
poison.
Yet, few dispute that it is to technology that we must look if
we wish to locate the forces accelerating our rate of change. The
situation becomes urgent when we note that machine technology,
which outpaced muscle power a hundredfold, was itself outpaced a
millionfold by the early computers, which in turn were outpaced
another millionfold by current nanosecond computers, which do
more than two billion bits of arithmetic per second. To put it mildly,
automation increases the rate of change of work, which, in turn,
increases the rate of change of the society in which that work is
done. Similarly, cybernation, which is the automated work of
processing information, has vastly increased the rate at which
‘information and feedback change the environment. We must thank
TimeForms 35
McLuhan for reminding us that we are in a very different world from
the one in which a few monks labored for years to produce a few
illustrated bibles. Now, billions of words in millions of books and
hundreds of thousands of magazines leap out at us from our
cybernetic environment. The scholar is not the only one faltering in
this gale of words. Nor are the children alone in receiving the
combined barrage of TV, radio, and other forms of urban din, whose
rate of increase, I need hardly remind you, is increasing.
Very well, you say. Granted. The rate of social change is
increasing. So is society’s information output. What has all that to do
with “alienated youth”? with LSD? with schizophrenia?
THEORY
It lies in the very heart of that process we call “generalization”
to array a large number of common instances under one idea, to
which we commonly affix a name, which labels it as the class, or set,
of all such objects. We usually perform this magic on classes of
objects we can see, visually, and for similar reasons, have come to
believe that only visible objects lend themselves to the process of
generalization. And, since time is something we don’t see, visually,
we have come to believe that it is not a member of the class of
generalizeable objects.
But this is false, as the astronauts of more than one nation
continue to visibly demonstrate. Their trips are vivid proof that a
very substantial theory of temporal generalization does in fact exist.
And, as has been argued elsewhere, the LSD trips of those
astronauts of inner space we call “heads” also provide us with proof
that times are experientially generalizeable, that tripping is an
experience of temporal generalization, in which the exponents of
time, or rates of temporal change, and not simply mechanical
succession, are deliberately enjoyed for their own sake. Heads who
manage to trip successfully and without discernible damage are
36 TimeForMs
perfectly comfortable with shifting rates of joy.’ Indeed the more
rate changes one enjoys, the better the trip. This is because acid, for
heads, seems to confer the mysterious ability to expand the
apperception of time, such that, when you have more time to enjoy
what you're into, you enjoy it for a “‘longer”’ time.
To put it another way — if you experience your experience at a
slower rate than your wristwatch, you will feel that you have more
time to spend on each experience. However, you aren’t experiencing
slower than your wristwatch. In fact, you’re processing more
information than usual (for example, your eyes are dilated, letting
more light in). Thus, while it helps a little to say that it feels like
you're going slow and your watch is going fast, it is more accurate to
say, as heads do, that you're high, as in a higher level of
generalization. Another metaphor describing the high is this: imag-
ine walking on your knees, underwater about four feet deep, then
standing up into the fresh air and blue sky. Now imagine that the
water is clock time (or, as Heidigger called it, Das Element) and that
time is to us what water is to a fish. Now ask yourself — what is this
fresh air and blue sky above?
It must be another kind of temporal experience. One which
generalizes clock time, hence both transcends and illumines it, as a
generalization illumines a particular. Clock time is seen as only one
of the kinds of temporal experience you can have when you become
aware of other kinds.
But how is this possible? Isn’t there only one kind of time, the
succession of one moment after another, that is, what Bergson called
duration? Perhaps the physicists are the right people to answer this
question. But be prepared even there for a surprising answer, since
some physicists have now accustomed themselves to the idea that
time is not an invariant, and that not all fundamental qualities (e.g.
the positron) are, as they say, anisotropic,’ or one directional. And
it just may be that there are other kinds of time if we but knew how
to look for them.
TimEForms' 37
But, whatever the physicists find, theoretical and clinical
scientists do not have to pore over abstruse mathematical equations
to become aware of an experience in themselves and in their
constituency of a very common experience, namely, that some-
times(!) experience seems to drag, so that minutes seem like hours,
and, ‘‘at’’ other times, experience is so joyful that hours seem like
minutes.
What I am asking you to imagine, if you have not had a
psychedelic experience, is a region of consciousness in which time
becomes so elastic that both expanding and contracting time become
only two of the qualities of another whole region of temporal
experience. In addition, I not only ask you to imagine it, but I
suggest that the experience of this region is absolutely commonplace,
a common characteristic of everyday life.
To understand this, you have but to reflect that a generaliza-
tion, any generalization, consists of arbitrarily drawing an imaginary
temporal parenthesis around a number of remembered experiences
you have had before, so that you say, in effect, these are all kind
“A”? and the rest are kind ‘‘not A.” That is, as Hegel’? noted long
ago, negation is constitutive of assertion. You must say this is one of
these and not those in order to say this is this. You must, as Plato! *
noted long before Hegel, re-cognize in order to cognize at all.
Dialectical theorists are wholly familiar with this line of
reasoning, which was sufficient unto the task of describing how we
generalize as long as the world moved by at a relatively slow and
manageable pace. In such a world, the frequency with which a
number of A’s came by was relatively comfortable, and one was
under no special press to construct categories to subsume all such
A’s. Aristotle, as I recall, constructed a metaphysic in which 10
categories subsumed the entire cosmos.
But now when the pace at which new A’s enter experience is so
fast and furious that we must become specialists in order to manage
ever smaller quadrants of daily life, the situation is almost totally
38 TimeForMs
different. Marx described an industrial revolution that took a
hundred years to elapse. We now process experience via computer-
ized machines that change the nature of the environment in ten
years.
And heads devise environments in which a dozen movies, a
dozen symphonies and a dozen Kaleidoscopic strobe lights barrage
their consciousness with sensations as awesome in number and kind
as the birth of a galaxy billions of light years in “‘size.”’
Confronted by a rate of experience of such stupendous (or
mind blowing) complexity, the human mind must attempt to
re-cognize faster than ever before. To do so requires wholly new
kinds of generalizations. Therefore, we should not be surprised that
many people in diverse regions of society have begun to move
beyond generalizing only visible objects, by attempting to generalize
(invisible) tzmes. Many are beginning to learn how to have such
experiences comfortably and joyfully because they know that just as
duration generalizes rest, as velocity generalizes duration, as accelera-
tion generalizes velocity, so there are other kinds of temporal
experience which have as their particulars, changes in the rate of
change. They confirm William James’! view that there are regions of
mind as unusually different from our waking consciousness as our
waking consciousness differs from our dreams.
One of these regions, I hold, is filled with that kind of time
heads call “high,” a region which consists of the generalizations of
our more banal experiences of duration, velocity, and acceleration. |
think we have become aware of it recently, because the number and
kinds of change-experiences thrust on us by our hurtling cybernetic
environment — has made obsolete our usual method of making
generalizations, that is, of recognizing our world in traditional spatial
categories.
TimeForms 39
This view gives us the basis of an answer to our central inquiry
which may now be rephrased as follows. Could it be that a higher
more general kind of time-experience may be in conflict with a lower
more special time-experience, as a meta-message may be in conflict
with a message, as in the double bind theory of schizophrenia? That
a bum trip consists of the annihilating terror of being in what feels
like two different times at once? Could it be that time, which we
thought at its very interior core to be the rate of things, might
consist of levels of itself characterized by differing rates of
occurrence, such that clock time is only one specific form of
experience?
The hypothesis is attractive, since it helps to explain why some
schizophrenics are described as stuck in “‘concrete (linear) thinking”
while others seem lost in a strange world of racing images. It helps to
explain why ‘‘talking somebody down from a bum trip” consists
essentially in telling him to “go with it” — “get into it” — “ride it”
“follow it” ‘‘it’s all right — it’s all valid experience.” It even helps to
explain why it’s called a trip, as if it were a voyage in time.
In this connection, it is instructive to recall the theoretical
paradigm of the double-blind theory of schizophrenia. Bateson and
his co-workers wrote:
Our approach is based on that part of communication
theory which Russell has called the theory of logical types. The
central thesis of this theory is that there is a discontinuity
between a class and its members. ©
If we recall that the genesis of a logical class is a generalization made
to re-memberallexperiences of a given kind, it begins to be clear
that double-bound (schizophrenic) persons are those told simulta-
neously to remember an experience as a member of a class and “at”
the same time to deny validity to the experience of that class. In
40 TimeForms
other words, the bind prohibits the experience of generalization
(uniting past and present experiences in a synthesis), yet commands
the present experience to be familiar. This annihilation of memory
negates the very process of present experience.
Bum trips, like schizophrenia, are therefore well described as
failed dialectics, since their pathology results from the negation (of
“normalcy”’) not itself being negated. Some therapists encourage the
schizophrenic to “go on through” the process of madness, since they
believe, and, I think, correctly, that madness is only the first moment
in a dialectical process, that madness itself must be negated after it
negates “‘sanity.”'’ The above is only a very fancy way of defining
the word “freaky” in the context of a “freak out’’ philosophy, which
regards episodes of madness as prerequisite to the achievement of a
“‘higher”’ synthesis.
In the instance of schizophrenia, our hypothesis suggests that
there is indeed a double bind at work in its genesis, but that double
binds are a very special sort of temporal contradiction in which the
person is not only asked to remember what he is commanded to
forget; he is also asked to experience two different times simulta-
neously. Yet this is a patent impossibility unless the person can be
made aware that he will not lose his mind but gain another
dimension of it by entering a region of experience in which such time
conflicts are only special cases of another kind of time,-which, if he
chooses, he can inhabit comfortably. Unfortunately, few therapists
are aware that there is such a region, and therefore find it impossible
to offer support and encouragement to a patient who is trying to
find it. Therapists addicted to the view that there is only one kind of
time, clock time, will obviously not be able to avail themselves of
this clinical prerogative.
Heads, however, know all about this region, which is why, on
the one hand, they are not baffled by a bum trip (e.g. a temporarily
stalled dialectic—a ‘thang up’) and why, on the other hand,
TimeForms 41
somebody bumtripping prefers an experienced head to a therapist
innocent of this information. A head will say — “Keep going,” a
“strait” therapist is likely to say—‘‘Come back.” As in the case of the
“generation gap,” here are two groups changing at different rates of
change: the one attempting to devise learning experiences for
themselves which expand the ability to handle exponentially
increased rates of information confrontation, the other advising a
diminution of that same ability. This is often regarded as antipro-
methean advice.
Although the traditional name applied to the class of events
described above as failed dialectics is the word ‘‘alienation’’, there are
several reasons to believe that the term is dated, i.e., obsolete.!®
Originally, Feuerback used the term to describe the condition of
estrangement lJovers felt when they were drawing apart when they
wanted to draw together. Hegel applied the term to all dialectical
processes which were half-complete. Marx applied the term to social
classes in unequal relation to the means of changing their historical
situation. While it is correct to observe that so-called alienated youth
stand in an unequal relation to the masters of our technological
environment, and to observe that youth is “alienated” from such
institutions as the draft, universities, business, and political parties, it
is necessary to observe a crucial difference between Marx’s proletar-
iat and today’s psychedelic generation, namely, this generation does
not want to belong to a culture it finds obsolete. It wants to change
the rate of culture change, not simply its contents.
For this reason, we must begin to speak of the post-cultural era
as the ideal of radical youth. For the same reason, we may no longer
properly regard them as a “‘sub-culture” having most of their norms
in common with us and a few deviant norms thrown into the bargain.
In a very real sense, the generation of youth who are experimenting
with technologies which may well master rates of experience far
beyond our present mastery, may with some justice regard the strait
world as alienated from the kind of post-cultural world we shall all
42 TimeFormMs
soon inhabit if current technology continues to accelerate its rate of
change.
It seems preferable to reserve the term alienation for those
situations in which two lovers, or classes, or sub-cultures, stand in
unequal relation to the means of achieving a goal they clearly
envision as their desirable condition, and to apply the term achrony
when the discrepancy experienced by antagonists is one of rates of
change. They are very different experiences which ought to have
their own terminologies. (The final chapter discusses how achrony
generalizes alienation by focusing on the rate exponents of that
condition. Suffice it here to say that it is difficult to agree on the
means of change while disagreeing sharply on the rates which seem
likely to bring it about “in time.”’)
CONCLUSION
The central nervous system functions, as Freud observed, like a
cell wall, keeping certain things in and certain things out, by
regulating the rate of substances exchanged between cell and
environment. LSD seems to have the power to speed up the pace at
which the central nervous system engages in a dialectic with the
environment. It seems to do so by opening the door to higher regions
of temporal experience, such as changes in the rates of change. When
these rates are harmonious, like notes in a chord, we experience a
synchrony of times, a joy which is very like the music of our
experience. When they are “out of sync,” as video people say, we
experience a shattering horror, a temporal bind, in which various
aspects of ourselves seem to be proceeding at different and
conflicting paces. This sort of depersonalization, i.e., of feeling in
two times at once, is at the root, we believe, of all ‘‘mental illness,”
in varying degrees and amounts.
The same condition, in which one rate of experience is in
conflict with another, characterizes the so-called generation gap,
TimEForms 43
which, at the moment, comes on like a piper cub and a rocket going
in opposite directions through a hurricane. Similarly, we may employ
the term achrony to describe the rate discrepancy between those
blacks who want dignity now and those moderates who insist it will
take a long time.
Achrony, then, differs from alienation as acceleration differs
from duration. It is not simply a condition of estrangement from the
means of change, but a condition of temporal dysynchrony. Just as,
in the spatial metaphor, you can’t do anything about what’s
bothering you if you aren’t in the same place as it is, so, in the
temporal metaphor we have described above, you can’t do anything
about the rate of experience that oppresses you if you aren’t in the
same time dimension as it is.
The special pathology which becomes the lot of those who are
unable to master the variations of temporal experience which the
current pace of social change inflicts is therefore much more severe
than those forms of pathology it generalizes, since it no longer
suffices to know what the pathogen is. We know. It is the pace at
which technology outmodes our powers of generalization. The
crucial issue is: can we devise modes of consciousness which can
comprehend and thus master the forms of time we now passively
experience.
For it is one thing to trip in a mixed media environment that
blasts away outmoded concepts of time and space, which most
experts agree is what acid does. It is quite another for a whole
society to dwell serenely in a comfortable mastery of its rate of
change, a condition of temporal peace we call synchrony. It is not
obvious that we can manage the latter with anything like the felicity
of the former.
The urgency of attaining a post-cultural era is not lost on the
young, who know, perhaps better than those well socialized in the
44 TrmeFormMs
forties, that if we are to survive the seventies, we must immediately
begin to devise radically new methods and strategies. It is an instance
of bitter irony that we call those engaged in that adventure
“alienated youth.”
TimeForms 45
THE COMING SYNTHESIS: CHRONETICS AND CYBERNATION
(The Architecture of Social Time)
PROLOGUE
Rearviewing the decade of the sixties, we can now estimate that
technology has wrought more rapid social change in the last ten years
than in the past ten millenia. This makes it imperative, yet more
difficult, to forecast the seventies. Certain broad parameters seem
partially visible, which support the view that radicals (i.e., those who
go to the roots) will devote their considerable energies and talents in
certain directions, among which is the elevation of control over rates
of social change to first priority. Why this forecast seems likely, and
what the radicals’ efforts will probably be, are the principal topics of
this chapter.
INTRODUCTION
Waves of awareness seem to occur in societies in a way very
similar to waves made by a pebble in a pool, although, in our time,
the pace of social change calls for a much more turbulent ‘metaphor,
perhaps a river rushing angrily through its rapids. Recourse to such a
metaphor would help. us to describe why there are still persistent
efforts to label those who enjoy the psychedelic experience as social
deviants who lack respect for law and order, notwithstanding the
spreading wave of awareness on the part of many investigators that
the psychedelic revolution and the cybernetic revolution are as
inextricably related as feedback is to information. !
Nevertheless, the very pace of the wavefronts which help us to
understand the relation between the age of computers and the age of
acid requires us to attempt some sort of predictive navigation, lest
46 TimEeForMsS
that feeling of racing blindfolded along the river of change quickly
becomes a helpless panic. Those ‘‘scientific’”’ forms of inquiry and
scholarship which the young rightly denounce as rearview mirroring
are no longer sufficient, (if they ever were). In order not to crash we
must attempt prophecy, for it is rapidly becoming a truism that the
hurtling pace of social change is accelerating. Even if hindsight
permits us to conclude that the technology of information expansion
gave rise inevitably to the politics of consciousness expansion, it is
time now to inquire, “What does the future look like to radicals of
the post-psychedelic generation?”
Two sources of ‘“‘data” relevant to this inquiry are 1) scientific-
technological forecasts and 2) social-cultural innovations. Locating
these data in the context of a theory of social change? may enable us
to see, in the most general terms, a little of what may be in store for
us, assuming we shall survive until the 21st century.
THE POLITICS OF NEGATION
Why does it seem like such a long time since the hippies first
offered their flowers to our surprised faces, proclaiming the birth of
a new culture embracing peace, love, and play, in opposition to our
war, fear, and work ethos? The answer seems simple — so much, so
much has happened since 1960. Vietnam has grown from a
nightmare into a chronic international psychosis. A few tribal
communes have mushroomed into thousands, scattered all over the
planet. Black power emerged, universities became policed enclaves.
Yippies and Chicago. At ‘“‘Woodstock”’, a half-million longhairs came
together, turned on, and grooved on their music, with lower rates of
“social pathology” than the society at large. Man has extended “‘his”’
ecosphere to include the moon, Nixon became president.
Once, Whitehead could write that there had been more change
in the first 50 years of the 20th century than there had been in the
50 prior centuries.* Now, reviewing the decade of the sixties, we can
say that there has been more social change in the last decade than
TimeForms 47
there was in the previous five, notwithstanding the rapid invention
and diffusion of automobiles, airplanes, radios, television sets,
telephones, and jet planes, each forever altering the communication
basis of social structure. All this before computers.
I have elsewhere described how the computer should be seen as
a phoenix rising from the ashes of the industrial revolution, whose
death knell it sounded.
Just as the second (automated) industrial revolution
generalized the first by dealing with the informational
exponents of energy-processing rather than simply with
energy constellations (mechanical objects) one at a time,
so the second (psychedelic) chemical revolution general-
ized the first (narcotic) one by dealing with the temporal
exponents of getting high rather than simply getting drunk
time after time.
My attempt there was to show that an age whose technology
processes billions of bits of information per second creates the need
for corresponding expansion of human consciousness in order to
experience that age, and that LSD was seized upon by the young as
the facilitating agent of that necessary expansion. In short, “‘acid’’
did for consciousness what computers did for technology.* It spread
like a wave through the children of the middle class made affluent by
that technology. The turned-on generation promptly focused its
expanded awareness on the values of its predecessor generation, and,
finding them dangerously anachronistic, proclaimed the dawn of a
new political age with new political values.
Thus was born the politics of negation, which, like every
negation, came directly from the loins of its parent culture. Just as
the industrial worker found his prior serfdom suffocating, so the
children of cybernation found the industrial liberalism of their
parents untenable.
48 'TimeForms
Parents were at a loss to understand the phenomenon behavioral
scientists called ‘‘the generation gap”. Why did the young want so
much sex so quickly and so extrafamilially? Was the family all that
bad? Why were so many dropping out of school, notwithstanding
counter-pressures from the draft? Did not the young want an
education? Was leisurely life on the campus so intolerable? Was it
preferable to living in filth-strewn poverty? Did the young actually
believe that-rural communes could replace urbanism as a way of life?
Did they believe that film and videotape could become alternatives
to mass media? Sure, parents said, there are flaws in the institutions
of our culture, but wasn’t working to change them better than trying
to build a counterculture?® And what was all this talk about Mao,
and Che — were the kids communists, fer Chrisake? Weren’t they
afraid of chromosome damage from LSD, and doesn’t pot lead to
heroin addiction? (Chorus: ‘“‘What is the younger generation coming
to?”)
The children of cybernation treated these inquiries as double
binds, commanding on one hand, conformity to (parents’ views of)
current society, and demanding, on the other, a rigid adherence to
social norms long outmoded. They knew their culture was far
beyond such quaint institutions as thermonuclear war, a dollar fifty
minimum wage, and briefcase bureaucracy. They were not interested
in patching up brutal institutions — they wanted to replace them,
and not just them, but the whole tissue of their interconnection,
which we call culture. Hence their fondness for visionaries who
imagine another kind of life, not just repairs to the old one.
It was therefore not a sufficient diagnosis to say that the young
were “‘alienated”’, i.e., that they could not share in the benefits of
our society because their work was inequitably rewarded.’ Their
work could not be rewarded in the old culture, for their work, during
the sixties, was the negation of that culture, not one institution at a
time, but the whole of it, from its economy to its sciences, from its
drugs to its nightclubs. Negation was the watchword,® by which they
meant living in deliberate alienation from the principal institutions of
TimEForms 49
society, quietly, painfully, being ‘‘cool’’, exploring their “heads,”
“doing their own things’’ while avoiding parents, police, and the
draft. Like explorers on a new continent, the trick was to avoid the
hostile natives while building a community of their own. Better still,
find out why the natives are so hostile, and turn ’em on to peace,
love, and play.
To appreciate the magnitude of this undertaking, imagine
yourself to be a 19 year old, fully aware of the power of the military,
of industry, of government, of the media, and of their attitudes to
your long hair and freaky clothes, and then say to yourself — we’ll
change all that, because it’s violent, inhuman, and very likely to bring
the entire species of man to a whimpering radioactive germ-infested
end. Imagine trying to create an alternative planetary culture for the
human species because you know that nothing less will help it
survive. If those were your aims, where would you look for
resources.
BEYOND THE POLITICS OF NEGATION
The first resource of the young is their youth, which, in our
time, means that they are incredibly sensitive to the changes
occurring around them. While it may seem at first paradoxical, a
moment’s reflection reveals that it is in fact this very same sensitivity
to our potentially catastrophic ecology that reveals to them its
potentially beneficial resources. Actually, this is the perennial role of
the critic, whose awareness of how good it might be enables him to
denounce how bad it really is.
Critical youth of the seventies will therefore not be more
content than their predecessors of the sixties with information doled
out to them by universities, media, government, etc. The reverse is
probably closer to the mark. Nor will those few ‘‘counter-institu-
tions” they have founded, e.g., underground newspapers, film, music,
be able to handle the job of informing the more than 120 million
people under 25 who will populate the U.S. seventies, even if a
thousand more newspapers, films, and records were to find their way
50 TreForms
into the sun. For these are only negative institutions, known to be
temporary, doing the job till replacements can be fashioned.
There are several technological resources which participant
observation reveals to be under active consideration by the young.
Note that they require incredibly high levels of sophistication just to
understand their potential usefulness, let alone their mastery. The
young people of the seventies who are now building these devices
will deserve more than ever before the term radical, since that word,
as everyone knows, means, “one who goes to the roots”.
1. Videotape and Cable tv: The fact that there are more tv sets
in the world than there are bath tubs serves as a testament to the
enforced passivity of the generation which owns them, for there is no
way for the tv viewer to relate actively to the medium except to
turn it on and off. By and large, radical youth now regard mass tv as
sop unworthy of them, and even more of them will continue to do so
until it stops pushing consumer values at them. They are not into
“conspicuous consumption” and their own art is vastly superior.
But video tape is video feedback, which provides the enthusiast
the chance to do, indeed, to be, his own program, not simply in the
living room, but in the classroom,® in the community, even in
therapy. Have you seen yourself on videotape? Have you watched a
group of young black kindergarten kids doing so? Or observed a
dance class, or a theatre group, or a family therapy session make
systematic use of this instant playback process to probe into where
they are really at? To enjoy themselves? To make joy for others?
Young radicals have been familiar with these experiences for some
years now, and will press for their increasing ‘‘political” utility.
Beyond the emotional liberations this medium can deliver, note that
“they” — e.g., universities, tv networks, government — will be unable
to subject the young so equipped to their customary editorial
policies. Community news shows become possible, decentralizing the
cybernetic forms of control that now program them. Conservative
estimates tally 5 million vt sets now privately owned.!° If it doubles
TimeForms 51
every year, as tv did, we shall Have 160 million vt sets in private
hands in 5 years, many of them in radical hands.
But this is only half the news, since there is every likelihood
that we shall interconnect our videotape systems by cable just as we
currently interconnect our telephones, opening the door to such
fascinating possibilities as direct (vs. representative) democracy on
every level, from neighborhood to nation. Jefferson’s dream of a
fully informed electorate voting on everything could come true, if
this drastically de-stratifying technology were not already perceived
as the drastic threat it is to the existing power structures. Imagine a
government without secrets, or a bureaucracy without specialization
(ie., special access), or a society where information is not power for
some, but for all. I am not suggesting that such a society will come
about in the 70’s, but I assure you attempts in that direction already
occupy a good deal of radical attention.
I will not frighten you by suggesting that some combination of
videotape, cable tv, and some kind of post-LSD chemical will make a
bid to replace the present educational dungeons we call schools and
universities. Electronic art, now in its- infancy, will have matured
beyond the point where a few millionaires can hoard the 10,000
most precious paintings on the planet. When we have the technology
to fold feedback upon feedback upon feedback, we shall loose a
revolution in consciousness several layers deeper, higher, wider, than
we can presently imagine without exhausting the present technolog-
ical capabilities of videotape and cable. We are doing such experi-
ments at the Center for the Study of Social Change.!! Who knows
what lies beyond. Do radicals?
2. Lasers and Holographs: Once, in a moment of mirth, Tim
Leary suggested that the way out of our present predicament was to
put all the metal back underground. Perhaps that is impossible, but
the least of the laser’s potentials lies in its ability to do without
wires, for, as you may know, a laser is a beam of polarized light
whose special properties enable it to carry energy and information
far more effectively than wires ever could.
52 TimeForms
Recent laser applications include drilling holes only 1 micron
wide and 1 micron apart on special tapes, such that 10,000,000
bits of information can be stored on a piece of tape one inch
square.!? This makes it possible to put the entire Library of
Congress (the world’s largest) on 5 drums of tape which can be
scanned by a computer in millionths of a second. Alternatively, one
could carry a 500 volume library on a piece of paper no larger than a
dollar bill, or enable the creation of such gadgets as wrist tv phones,
or portable computers no larger than a shoe box doing whatever
cooking, cleaning, and communicating Mrs. Housewife used to do
while wholly automating Dad’s entire factory.
It’s going to be very difficult to pose as an expert (i.e., to have
privileged access to information) on anything in such a world. Hence,
it’s going to be very difficult to make rules based on special privilege.
This does not make radicals unhappy.
Another application of the laser will be the very widespread use
of synchronous satellites (those which seem to stay in the same spot
in the sky because they rotate with the earth) to replace telephone
switchboards. Dial your friend in China on your wristphone and be
in “instant” touch with him and his culture. International boundaries
tend to. dissolve under this kind of gentle prodding.!3 Perhaps
international wars will have the same fate? Maybe not in the
seventies, but please be assured that more and more radical energies
will be devoted to using these technologies for the political values
noted above.
A third major application of the laser is its use in making
holographs, those weird plates of film which fix all the light
impinging on them so that they are rather more like electric windows
than snapshots, since by changing your angle of viewing you change
the information you get. If the only use to which holographs were
put was the transformation of 2-dimensional tv into “‘tri-d”, that
alone would be as significant an advance as tv over films, or film over
radio. But such McCluhanesque advantages pale in the face of recent
evidence that the nervous system of man seems to follow principles
TimEForms 53
very similar to laser holography, such that information (memory,
tradition, learning—call it what you will) seems to be stored in
synapses like light captured on holographs, so that investigation of
one leads to knowledge of the other.’
In other words, this technical breakthrough in physics turns out
to be a conceptual breakthrough for neuropsychology. It is difficult
to overestimate the significance of this finding since it opens the
door to understanding how the nervous system coordinates not only
our entire physiology, but also our transactions with the world of
experience. It gives one the feeling that we have understood nothing
before, that it all lies before us. Fine, say the radicals, while
professionals moan and feel incompetent.
Yet, there is an application of laser physics which transcends
even those described above. Recently, it was announced that
physicists had focused a very powerful laser on a very few atoms of
fusionable material, producing in effect a tiny, controlled thermonu-
clear explosion, like the one which powers the sun.'* If this fact fails
to tax your imagination, recall that work requires energy, that
controlled thermonuclear fusion can become an extremely cheap
source of unlimited energy, with which man can power enough
production to eliminate scarcity for all of the future. This means
enough food for everyone, and enough energy to send a thousand
rockets to the moon, Mars, and beyond so there will be room for
those so fed, not to mention the permanent replacement of enforced
muscle labor by fusion-powered machines. I ‘pass over the side
benefit of planet-wide ecological health in the form of xo chemical
pollution of the atmosphere, although I hope that happens before
the 15 years ecologists say we have before evolution on planet earth
dies of it. In short, controlled thermonuclear fusion would mean
placing at the disposal of man energies comparable to those of the
sun, which Kepler, you may recall, believed was God, because it
powered earth’s revolution.
3. The Body: The body is becoming the most universally
accessible research facility because anyone well enough to do
54 'TimeEForMs
research has one. Anyone with a few cheap biomonitoring devices
can wire up his autonomic nervous system to some inexpensive
readout indicators and set about conditioning his own autonomic
functions. Scientists at the National Institute of Child Health and
Development have in this way shaped heart rates and rhythms.'®
Many undergraduate students are currently building systems which
visually display brain wave rhythms as colors keyed to their
emotional preferences, to teach each other the language of each
others’ autonomic-cerebral functions, with the aim of more direct
and intimate communication. The day may not be far away when
messages of this sort will dive to the hormonal deeps of our natures
so that a “word” of comfort may soon substitute for the cruder
“medications” we call tranquillizers, sedatives, barbiturates, stimu-
lants, antidepressants, etc. We have come a long way from reading
out the biophysical correlates of selected clinical “interpretations”;
we will soon be building them to order. Control of brain waves, heart
beats, and other so-called “involuntary” functions will then become
quite ‘“‘voluntary’’, so that a science of voluntary endocrinology does
not seem beyond our imminent grasp. And, if Darwin or Freud or
Reich or any of a dozen others were right, we may at last begin to
understand and hence heal our frightened orgasms. I assure you —
radicals have been into this field for quite a while, not without
considerable guidance, by the way, from their newly found yoga
friends. Those unhappy with the term “ecstacy engineering” may
prefer the concept of affect ‘enhancement’. You will find that the
terms don’t matter when you speak autonomic. Many radicals
already do.
4, Others: One could go on with the list of roots radicals will
investigate in their attempt to seize the reins of evolution. One could
mention the world-ecology game currently being played by Buckmin-
ster Fuller in his attempt to plot the redistribution of all world
resources, including air, intelligence, and synergy. One could describe
how environmental ecologists are building furniture designed to
interact with human processes;!7 or gravitronics, in which the very
waves of gravity are studied with a view toward liberating man from
their grasp; or tachyonics, in which theories of particles which only
TimreForms 55
exist at faster than light velocities bid fair to generalize not only the
bulk of all contemporary relativistic physics but all notions of before
and after since, in such a world, a faster than light particle returns
before it leaves.
But such ventures are really beside the point of our present
inquiry, which is, what does the future look like to post-psychedelic
radicals. So far, we have merely recited a list of technological
potentialities which radicals will try to use in their ‘‘political”
attempts to build a new planetary culture. Is there any data which
indicate they’ll succeed? That is, to betray my sympathies, are there
any grounds for hoping that radicals will succeed in their use of the
above technologies to guide social change in a desirable as opposed to
its presently suicidal direction? There are a few.
TOWARD AN ARCHITECTURE OF SOCIAL TIME
Beyond the obvious benefits of their youth, the children of
cybernation share certain other ‘“‘chronetic”’* advantages, among
which are their inability to swim well in the turgid waves of
capitalism but to frolic like surfers in the new media. Hence, even if
they only continue their present activities, we may predict with some
confidence that they will not adjust their technology to the so-called
free market, but to their new political values of peace, love, and play.
That is, they will continue to try to make technology serve them,
rather than serving it, as we do in consumer society.
But can they bring it off? Aren’t they foolish trying to tame the
technological monster? When the New York Times asked Abbie
Hoffman on April first what he thought was foolish, he said, “A
hundred longhairs toppling the presidency — that’s foolish’. Simi-
larly, when a prominent longhair got arrested recently on a
technicality, he ‘got off’? when he threatened to call a tv press
conference announcing Yippie support for Mayor Lindsay. These
anecdotes serve to illustrate the contention that the children of
media power know how to use it. The principle is simple — feedback.
Like those tiny Japanese wrestlers who turn an opponent’s superior
56 TimeForMs
strength against him, Yippies forced the media, by making news, to
broadcast counter-cultural commercials.
The same is true of underground film, psychedelic art,
miniskirts, and let’s be honest, pot and acid, which a rapidly
increasing number of middle-class professionals are using with
increasing enjoyment, learning how from — you guessed it — their
longhaired children, or students, or patients. Now, as the number of
longhaired children increases, so does the number of parents of
longhaired children, who then inevitably create a powerful middle-
class pressure against harsh drug laws, to which even the Department
of Justice cannot long remain immune. One of our respondents put it
this way: “I turned my old man onto pot. He’s a judge and he digs
it. So next time a kid is up in front of him, he’ll be with the kid,
cause he smokes too, dig?”’ Again, feedback.
Anecdotes of this sort underscore the point that there are
energies within the establishment which radicals can bend to their
own purposes. It is therefore an oversimplification to ask whether a
large enough number of radicals can assemble enough energy to
accomplish their purposes. Like Yippies and Japanese wrestlers,
radicals are learning how to turn superior strength against itself, an
effort in which they will enlist not only the formidable democrati-
zing power of the new technologies themselves, but also some
exceedingly strong sociological powers.
What is meant by the phrase, “‘. . . the democratizing powers of
the new technologies”? Are the new technologies inherently dem-
ocratizing? The answer comes in view if we recall that videotape,
cable, lasers, holographs, and autonomic engineering each increase
the rate of human communication. When more information reaches
more people faster, pattern recognition must be accelerated, since
more patterns cognized means more patterns re-cognized. Recogni-
tion facilitates reflection. Reflection generates criticism. Increasing
criticism generates pressure for change.
TrimEFormMs' 57
Another way of understanding the impact of technologically
accelerated information flow is the following: When events occur
too rapidly to feel one at a time, we respond by grouping or
classifying; we can then say “all of those”. But when the rate of
information flow is so rapid that many “all of thoses” arrive in a very
short time, we must now group all of those. In short, rapid
information flow creates a pressure toward higher levels of generali-
zation, which transcend prior classifications of events.
Cyberneticians! ® will recognize here an old story — information
overload, requiring new programming. “Heads” are equally familiar
with this law, for LSD barrages the organism with a faster rate of
experience than previous categories can tolerate, thus ‘‘blowing”’ the
mind, i.e., dissolving pre-conceptions.
Hence, the impact of each of these technologies can be
democratic in tendency, since each of them consists precisely in an
acceleration of the amount of information processed in a given
amount of time. VT consists of faster feedback, cable of more
interconnections. Lasers move more information than miles of thick
cable. Each holograph is like a thousand electric windows. Note that
interconnecting them multiplies the rate.
As the number of persons with access to this greatly increased
rate of information flow is vastly increased, there occurs an
overloading of the previous categories they used to process that
information. The same mind-blowing fate awaits those categories of
culture we call norms, the rules governing behavior. As the rules
governing behavior are barraged from all sides with information from
as many perspectives, the rules are subjected to overload strains they
cannot survive. Just as you can no longer hide unseemly facial
gestures on a 2-way videophone, so you can no longer propagandize a
community if your cables have cameras at each terminal. Just as you
couldn’t comfortably watch starving Biafran children while eating
your tv dinner if they could watch you too, so government will find
it hard to restrict tv access and will be unable to maintain secret
court hearings while demanding increased citizen participation.
58 TrmeFormMs
Similarly, lasers and holographs will bring to billions of people
the ability to communicate with each other more, and more often,
than their present cultural separation permits. The same is true of the
new autonomic languages we shall soon learn to speak, across current
cultural boundaries. In sum, the democratizing potentials of these
new technologies lie in their power to negate preconceived
categories of privilege, and to necessitate higher levels of generaliza-
tion. That is, they accelerate transcendence.
But the democratizing power of the new technologies is not the
only energy to which radicals have access. There are formidable
sociological energies as well. To observe them, we need only note
that radicals have already demonstrated considerable ability to
accelerate their own pace of social change, accelerating ours in the
bargain. Does anyone seriously expect them to slow down in the
foreseeable future? The fact seems to be — they are. making a new
and faster culture, not just negating the old one. We are already
changing faster than we want to, though not nearly fast enough for
them. They are democratizing faster than we are, and we envy them
for it. They seem to know where the pace-makers of social change
are, and they seem to know how to regulate them.
For example, they demand more democratic universities. First
we gas and club them, then admit they were right, then go along part
way. Would we have gone so far so fast without their urging?
They are democratizing sexuality, insisting that we throw off
once and for all those remains of puritanic morality which still infect
us. We bellow in outrage, arrest them for nudity and indecent
exposure, then flock to Oh Calcutta, Che, and I Am Curious
(Yellow). Would we have gone so far so fast, if not for them?
They exhort us to play instead of mechanical labor. We call
them bums, parasites, and loafers, arrest them for vagrancy, then
automate another thousand jobs and fly off to Acapulco.
TimEForms 59
They: turn on with drugs different from ours. We resurrect
prohibition, barricade the Mexican border, give them 15-year
sentences for possession of two marijuana cigarettes, then secretly
try it ourselves and find it is better than 2 martinis on the rocks.
Maybe this time they’ll help us avoid the silly retrogression that
prohibition was. I doubt we could do without them.
But examples are not theory. It does not suffice, although it
helps, to note that the Woodstock and Isle of Wight Festivals
assembled a half-million longhairs peacefully, joyfully, playfully. For
numerical strength is not the root issue.
CHRONETICS AND CYBERNATION
The root issue seems to be: how does technology induce social
change. The answer seems to lie in the realization that technology
itself is the result of two intersecting environments, which we call
“science” and “culture’’, the former referring to a specific set of
beliefs (or preconceptions) which the main body of professionals
regard as the “laws of nature”; and the latter referring to an unstated
but even more firmly held set of beliefs (or preconceptions) which
the majority of men in a given society regard as the laws of human
nature. ‘‘Discoveries” in one field, without interaction with the
other, simply do not become “technology”, by which we usually
mean the material techniques a culture builds for itself to mediate its
environment.
Thus, technology does not, by itself, explain why social change
comes about, for it is first necessary to inquire why a given
technology is adopted. Why, for example, did the Chinese discovery
of rocket power never get beyond the level of firecrackers for 5000
years. Why did Plato’s discovery that the earth was round lay
dormant until the Renaissance. There are many other examples.
Although we are all familiar with the phrase, “Nothing is so powerful
as an idea whose time has come”, we seldom make full theoretical
use of it. Social change, in my view, occurs exactly then — when an
idea finds its fertile time. Knowing when and why the time is
60 'TrmEForRMS
right — or better, knowing how to make it right — would enable one
to understand and, hence, to modify social change.
It begins to be apparent that there are very sound and
sophisticated “political” reasons for radicals’ investigation of com-
munications technology, since communication is the life blood of
culture — the medium, as it were, in which given cultural norms are
the messages. A generation which mastered those communication
processes could indeed refer to itself as the architects of social time,
since their principal energies would be devoted to the investigation of
how most efficiently to communicate the most information relevant
to species survival to the largest number of people, in the fastest
possible time.
Radicals’ investigation of media physics thus turns out to be a
political act, aimed at altering those assumptions on which all human
cultures have based themselves so far, i.e., the belief that war, fear
and mechanical work are the necessary attributes of human nature.
Radicals hope that new planetary media will render wars obsolete by
rendering national boundaries obsolete; that they will render fear of
the stranger obsolete, for who will be the stranger when all men
communicate as brothers; and that they will render dull work
obsolete by providing lovers with time to love while fusion energy
powers the world’s production.
Perhaps an apochryphal story is the way to end this attempt at
prophecy. Legend has it that Marx was once confronted with the
objection that his vision of history was transhistorical and naive if he
thought all men under Communism would finally be happy. He is
said to have replied, “I did not say all men would be happy. Perhaps,
when that time comes, men will finally begin to suffer as men — all
prior suffering having been animal.”
Perhaps young radicals’ vision is comparably transhistorical.
Perhaps technology will overcome them, leaving robots the heirs of
men. My attempt has been to show that this is very unlikely. One
thing is certain — the time is right, and they know it.
TimeForms 61
PSYCHEDELIC MYTHS, METAPHORS, AND FANTASIES
ABSTRACT
Subcultures create their own dialects composed of special words
and phrases embodying their special experiences. Hip language is an
example. Consideration of some aspects of the special vocabulary
used by psychedelic enthusiasts provides an entry into the special
myths, metaphors, and fantasies of their “subculture’’. Among these
are the “electric” metaphor (e.g., turned on, channels of communica-
tion, bit, etc.); the cybernetic metaphor (e.g., feedback, playback);
McLuhanisms (e.g., media, message, cool); and others more manifest-
ly psychiatric in reference (e.g., paranoid, hang up, etc.).
This chapter arrays these sociolinguistic data in support of the
hypothesis that psychedelic myths, metaphors, and fantasies are
largely responses to discrepant rates of social change engendered in
post-industrial societies by their variety of new technologies.
Discrepant rates of social change engender discrepant rates of
experience, a condition we term “achrony’’. It is suggested that
“achronistic’”’ experiences generate the psychedelic myths, meta-
phors, and fantasies discussed. The question raised is — are radical
hopes “‘mere”’ fantasies?
INTRODUCTION
Participant observation is a method of research which suffers
paradoxically from its own merits, since it yields up far more data
than one can neatly conceptualize and statistically manipulate.
Nevertheless, clinicians and social scientists have long been aware
that it is often the method of choice, especially when the universe to
be sampled is of indeterminate size or character, or when the subject
of inquiry is of such known complexity that the complexity itself
becomes the subject of inquiry.
62 TrmeForms
For example, clinicians and social scientists whose interests
acquaint them with members of the psychedelic generation quickly
become aware of a bewildering complexity of themes recurrently
expressed by members of this subculture.’ These include aspects of
Eastern mysticism, Western pharmacology, Egyptian theology, Greek
astrology, Japanese diets, and a veritable panoply of similarly
esoteric elements. Early in their encounters with psychedelic
protagonists, clinical-and social scientists are greeted with what seems
to be a private language, complete with its own nouns, verbs and
adjectives as well as syntax, grammar, and structure. Increasingly,
many investigators are beginning to conclude that their ignorance
will remain fixed unless they master to some degree the complexities
of this sociolinguistic universe. And, as they do so, they become
aware, along with their increasing fluency, that the words and
sentences of this subcultural jargon, like the words and sentences of
their own professional vocabularies, resemble icebergs, only a
fraction of which are available to ‘‘conscious” observation, the
remainder being submerged in a sea of shifting sociocultural and
idiosyncratic currents. If we wished to know, in a given encounter,
not only what the words mean in general, i.e., in American speech,
but what they particularly mean, 1e., to the individuals speaking
them, we would be well advised to devote attention to both aspects.
The principal aim of this chapter is to focus attention on the
sociocultural aspects of psychedelic speech, to assist those investiga-
tors who wish to understand how what is (1) cultural, what is
(2) sub-cultural, and what is (3) psychological, may be more sharply
delineated. Such efforts follow the lead of Henry Murray, whose
maxim, “All men are like all other men, some other men, and no
other men”, became part of the founding philosophy of that field
anthropologists call ‘‘culture and personality”’.®
The general hypothesis woven through the paragraphs that
follow is that language is properly included in that class of social
events which have in recent years experienced the tremendous
impact of the changing technologies characteristic of contemporary
societies. Specific hypotheses with regard to the impacts of particular
TimEForms 63
technologies on particular populations are then derived and tested
with sociolinguistic data. I will attempt to show that an understand-
ing of the impact of certain technologies on the lives of the
psychedelic subculture helps us to distinguish psychedelic myths
(i.e., beliefs shared by most ‘members of the subculture) from
metaphors (favorite comparisons used by the subculture to compare
itself with the general American culture) and from fantasies
(apparently idiosyncratic acts of imagination by individual members
of the subculture). Failure to draw such distinctions increases the
danger that observers will infer psychological disease (e.g., hallucina-
tions) where none exists, and conversely increases the danger that
legal and social scientists will attribute to pharmacological agents
powers that actually reside elsewhere (e.g., the technologies charac-
teristic of post-industrial societies).
METHOD AND PROCEDURE
In addition to its usefulness in managing complex data,
participant observation permits great flexibility of operation, so that
one can learn, not only from living in the neighborhoods where his
“subjects” (including himself) live, but one may move about in the
many places where his subjects behave, including hospitals, universi-
ties, coffee houses, and underground theatres. Here too, the method
suffers from its virtues, since cogent objections against the reliability
and validity of the data so derived may be well-founded. Suffice it
then to assert at this point that I have learned the language in the
many places where it is spoken.* You will have to judge for yourself
whether the generalizations I derive therefrom describe the popula-
tion with which you are acquainted.
Procedurally, I will first present a list of words and phrases
drawn from this language. I will then show that groups of these
words and phrases can be shown to have their origins and contexts in
the several technological characteristics of our society. I will then
attempt to show how the experiences generated by the various
technologies operating in contemporary society generate some of the
myths, metaphors and fantasies characteristic of the subject popula-
tion.
64 TimeForms
SELECTED ASPECTS OF THE PSYCHEDELIC DIALECT
A glossary of words used by the psychedelic generation
published in 1966, began with the caution, “Of course, by the time
you read this, it may well be out of date’”.® It begins with the word
“acid”, of course, then lists the word “backwards’’, which it defines
as ‘tranquilizers or any central nervous system depressant”.
Proceeding alphabetically, on our own list, we would next list
the word “bit”, which means any item of information or behavior, as
in “that bit’. A “bummer” is a bad trip, or any bad experience.
Someone who has had too many trips is said to be “‘burnt-out”.
Someone who has had a number of good trips is likely to be “cool”
about it, i., relatively uninformative unless asked by a trusted
person.
A trip may begin well but may end badly. The painful
termination of any experience, by extension, is termed “crashing”,
or “coming down hard”. This is especially likely if one “uses”
“crystal” (or “speed”, or “forwards” or ‘“‘ups”’, i.e., amphetamines or
other central nervous system stimulants). Someone who is deeply
into the interior (vs. the social) aspects of a trip is ‘‘destroyed” (or
“zonked”, “out of his mind”, or “‘spaced’’). Contrary to popular
belief, it is entirely possible to “dig” (or enjoy) such experiences.
One can “get into” them if one knows how. One can even dig
experiences which “blow your mind”’, i.e., dissolve those structures
of consciousness on which we ordinarily rely for ‘‘sanity”. One who
does not understand such mental events will probably “bug”
(bother) one who does, with his irrelevant questions. One who knows
how “high” another is may get a ‘contact high” (empathetic
euphoria) in communicating with him. ‘‘Copping out” means
resorting to conventional vs. ‘“‘hip’’ explanations or behaviors, i.e.,
giving up.
If something is really ‘‘groovy” (particularly enjoyable) one
may say it is ‘‘crazy”. An ‘“‘out of sight” or ‘“‘far out” (avant garde)
experience is particularly groovy, but not quite “mind blowing”.
People who don’t know how to “groove” are said to be a “drag”
TimEForms’ 65
(i.e., they reduce one’s joy). Drags tend to “bring down’ or “turn
off” people who would prefer to be “high” or-‘‘stoned”’ (using a
psychedelic drug or being high or stoned on, or by, anything else
they happen to be “into” or “grooving on’’). The trick is to “turn
on” (be high on something, not necessarily ‘‘dope”, i.€., any
pharmacological substitute) and to stay turned on. Then one can
“grok” (dig communicating, or meditating joyfully and profoundly).
If one “flips”, or “flips out”, one may be either particularly
enthusiastic or psychotic, depending on whether such “freaky”
(unusual) experiences are dug or one gets “hung up” (panicked or
very worried) about them. Such “‘hassles” (bothersome trivia,
worthless rituals, meaningless events) are considered to be “drags” or
“downs” by real “‘heads” (regular users of psychedelics). Heads who
“smoke joints” (use marijuana) or ‘“‘drop” (ingest) LSD regularly,
usually distinguish themselves from those who do so very often (pot
or acid freaks), although they may also be music freaks, or print
freaks, or sex freaks, etc., depending on which activity they very
often engage in to turn themselves on.
Heads who dig “out of sight gigs” (experiences which require
some skill) regularly “rap” (talk intensely) about them with other
heads making similar scenes. “Riffs” are scenes where really good
raps Occur, although uninitiates may “put down’”’ (deplore) or “bring
down” (ruin) them unless caution is exercised. When bad or “heavy”
scenes generate “paranoia” one has to decide whether to “split”
(leave); whether others are “straight” (naive); or represent ‘“‘the man”
(straight authority). Failure to make a decision leaves one “uptight”
(tense) and unable to ‘“‘go” (groove).
People who have dropped tabs of acid or toked on a joint of
grass, who have successfully integrated these experiences for them-
selves, are said to be “together” (healthy) although one is even more
healthy if one has gotten both his head and his scene together. One
can then feel “good vibrations” and ‘know where it is really at”.
Such people used to be called ‘with it”; they now have their own
66 TrmeEForMS
»”» ae ”» ce
“bags”, “gigs”, ‘‘scenes”, etc. They enjoy “balling” (intercourse) and
instantly recognize cats and chicks who are “into it’. They are:
seldom hassled because they know how to “score” (buy drugs)
without getting “busted” (arrested) or getting “burnt” (buying
counterfeit drugs). They are very “spacey” people who like to go
through their own “changes” so they generally avoid “shrinks” like
the plague.
The foregoing list, it should be recalled, is a biased sample.
Nevertheless, if we regard the subcultural dialect from which the list
derived as a symbolic organism® having an ecology and an evolution
analogous to other living organisms, we may begin to investigate how
this dialect achieved its present form, and examine how it relates to
its parents.
TECHNOLOGY AS ENVIRONMENT
Following Hegel, or clinical practice, we may begin anywhere,
confident that the whole story will eventually unfold. Previous
work’ suggests that we will reach the heart of the matter faster if we
observe that many of the words selected bear the imprint of the
technologies which originally created them.
Thus, the central terms which have become the most widely
known by reason of frequent repetition are acid and trip. An acid, as
everyone knows, will dissolve most metals. In this context, Leary’s
demand that we put all the metal back underground serves to reveal a
feeling very common in the subculture, that mechanical and metallic
experiences are to be avoided and replaced, hopefully by better ones;
but if such experiences cannot be removed or replaced, perhaps
dissolving them in another sort of acid will help for the time being.
And, if one can simultaneously dissolve the machine and travel, out
of sight of all such machines, so. much the better will the trip be. We
sometimes forget that taking trips of the more ordinary variety, using
automobiles, railroads, ships, and airplanes, has become absolutely
commonplace for the great majority of Americans only in the last 25
years, when mass transportation became a technological reality.
TimEForMsS' 67
Again, as everyone knows, it is not simply the availability of
mass transport, but of rapid transit which describes our era of jet
planes and 400 horsepower cars. Taken in conjunction with another
well-known fact, i.e., that highway accidents claim more deaths than
wars, one begins to account for two more popular metaphors —
speed and crash. In the dialect, ‘‘speed kills” is a familiar graffiti
which puns deliberately on highway technology by pointing out that
one who goes very fast on drugs is as likely to crash as his highway
counterpart. This same awareness of the hurtling pace of our era
seems to underlie such words as backwards and forwards, whose drug
translations seem to be regressing and accelerating. The word
“rushing” means a particularly delightful experience of those first
few flushes of euphoria that begin many drug scenes.
The word ‘‘scene” of course is usually associated with drama,
most often, in our era, with film or tv drama. Similarly, riffs and gigs
derive originally from the speech of musicians who performed in
these media. Both travel and media experiences may go too slowly,
in which case they will be said to drag.
Such “interpretations”, however, -are rather commonplace.
Almost as well-known are the terms “turn on” and “‘turn off’’, which
remind us, according to McLuhan® of the fact that the psychedelic
generation is composed of the first generation of children raised
entirely in an electric environment, consisting not simply of tv sets
which one can only turn on or off (as Vice President Agnew
observed) but of an entire industrial establishment powered no
longer by muscles and steam but by electricity and its 20 year old
wonderchild, the computer.
Computers make automation possible because they process
billions of bits of information per second, which is not only
exponentially faster than machinery but exponentially more pro-
ductive. As noted elsewhere?, an era which processes that much
information that fast calls forth a corresponding increase in the
consciousness of the people who live in that era. As McLuhan says,
68 'TimMEForms
the computer is the LSD of the business world’ °. Turning the quote
around, it has been said that acid is the computer of the turned-on
generation. In other words, as noted elsewhere’?, the psychedelic
revolution is the result of the cybernetic one, and is an appropriate
response to it.
Put it this way: heads are trying to do psychologically what
computers have done sociologically, that is, exponentially expand
the ability to process vast quantities of experience very rapidly. Such
experiences tend to vanish into the future very quickly. They tax the
imagination, which responds with such phrases as “outta sight”.
Minds which have dissolved preconceptions (programs) which pre-
vent such rapid processing may be said to be “blown”, as if their
fuses were trying to handle more current than they were designed
for. Too much of this sort of thing will earn the description “burnt
out”.
Paradoxically, electric media require more participation be-
cause, so to speak, the gaps between the billions of bits they use to
move information must be filled in by the observer. Such media also
require higher levels of participation because the pace at which they
deliver information is so fast. If a picture is worth a thousand words,
how many words is a two-hour tv documentary worth, requiring the
viewer to reach conclusions on more matters in a day than granddad
had to decide in a lifetime. Media which foster increased participa-
tion are said to be “cool”; those which suggest less are said to be
“hot”. It was no accident that the generation which insisted on
marching on Washington, called itself “cool”, i.e., responding to the
pressure of our electric media to participate faster at higher levels of
consciousness in a world of vast informational complexity. Political
“trips”, as it were.
When you're “where it’s at”, you are like the diamond stylus
tracking the grooves of an LP record. Your feelings will follow the
changes in the chord structure of the music. One of the best
compendia of myths, metaphors and fantasies easily available is the
Beatles’ recently released book of illustrated lyrics. Although books
TimeEForms' 69
and print are regarded as hot media, suitable only for intellectuals
and other professionals, still, the lyrics are a groove, as they say.
Rockets which must reach transorbital velocities (beyond
25,000 miles per hour) are not now readily available to the common
man except as he imaginatively identifies with the astronauts who
recently landed again on the moon. This relative unavailability
should not hide the fact that this extension of man’s ecosphere, even
beyond the media extensions of his nervous system, was the principal
value of the journey. Hence, we should not be surprised to note that
the words “spaced out” or ‘‘spacey”’ are the most recent additions to
the psychedelic dialect, since the technology of space flight is the
most recent extension of our technological environment. Similarly,
since, it is absolutely essential for NASA’s computers to include in
their calculations the most minute alterations in the relative positions
of sun, moon and earth, we should not be too surprised to note that
astrology is one of the principal myths of the psychedelic sub-cul-
ture.
The need for brevity prevents any extended discussion of
astrological language here. We may pass beyond this topic by simply
noting that astronautics is a major technology in the same environ-
ment in which astrology is a currently flourishing mythology.
The general notion which each of these parallels between
technology and language suggests is one with which students of the
human mind should be familiar. It is the maxim that we must
understand what consciousness is conscious of in order to understand
what consciousness is. Since we already know that the principal
impact of technology is to change the world we live in, we should be
able to conclude rather quickly that language, one of the principal
incarnations of consciousness, will contain reflections of the environ-
ments man is conscious of. We should also not be surprised to
discover in the language of one of our principal subcultures,
reflections of those technologies which have most changed the world
from a pre-industrial agrarian society into a post-industrial cyberna-
70 TimeForMs
ted one. In short, there should be words for the experiences
technology has fashioned for the subculture, as indeed there are.
The question of central interest in this chapter, however, is not
whether the subculture is sharply aware of its technosphere; few will
argue that it is not. What we wish to discuss is whether the forms
of awareness they cherish are real, sound and healthy, or are they
unreal, unsound and unhealthy? We want to know whether the
language of this subculture “describes things that aren’t there”; in
short, whether radicals are experiencing the sociological equivalent of
an hallucination in their hopes for social change.
THE MIND METAPHOR
Hang ups, hassles, bum trips, visions, crashes, paranoia, flips,
freak outs, being stoned, zonked, spaced, and vibrations, are words
which the psychedelic dialect uses to describe forms of consciousness
which are readily admitted to characterize the subculture’s style of
awareness. In short, they are far from oblivious to what we might call
fixations, obsessions, psychiatric episodes, hallucinations, depressive
states, paranoia, lapses of consciousness, frenzies, narcosis, euphoria,
empathic identification, etc.
The problem seems to be that they often value such experiences
positively, whereas we are more likely to view them as pathognomon-
ic indices supportive of diagnoses of mental unsoundness. This is
something of a paradox, since a major part of their awareness of such
phenomena derives from the fact that they are the most psychia-
trized generation in history. For, if by technology we mean the logic
of a set of techniques, we may say that the psychedelic generation
has been made more aware of the logic underlying psychiatric
techniques than any prior generation in history, precisely because of
the widespread adoption of the techniques of psychiatry in contem-
porary America. Similarly, shall we dismiss their largely negative
evaluation of contemporary American social sciences as spiteful
TimeForms 71
reaction formations, or are there grounds for concluding that their
rejection is healthy and sound, notwithstanding the fact that they
live in one of the most thoroughly social scienced worlds ever to
occupy the planet.
In other words, how shall we account for the fact that
psychedelic language seems to adopt words and phrases derived from
the mechanical technologies they deplore while rejecting words and
phrases derived from the psychiatric and social technologies they
have been raised on.
Although the answer to this question goes to the heart of the
matter, and will help us to distinguish sound from unsound myths,
metaphors and fantasies, there is one further paradox we must
confront before we can spell the answer out. It was to this final
paradox that Wittgenstein alluded when he said: ‘“‘Whereof man
cannot speak, thereof should man be silent’’!*. He referred to the
fact that in each of our lives, we fling a bridge of shared meaning
across that chasm which separates our tiny individualities from that
massive infinity which is the universe of all (or no) meaning.
Culturally, we know that a population will collectively erect
‘this bridge by consensually validating a set of beliefs, or myths,
which enable the consciousnesses of that people to be shared. Yet,
like the fantasies which egos erect to preserve sanity, they remain
largely out of awareness, i.e., unconscious. When challenged, such
myths and fantasies will be vigorously defended by the persons or
populations espousing them, since they feel they require them to
remain sane. Their content is the wisdom of things unseen, and their
function is to maintain unseen the very bases of consciousness,
without which consciousness could not be, yet with which conscious-
ness cannot be conscious of its bases.
So it is with the psychedelic dialect, which is based on premises
of which it seems unaware, just as psychiatric and social science are
72 TrmeForms
based on premises of which they are largely unaware. And, just as it
is the proper function of research to uncover these assumptions (or
myths) so that we may learn a little more about what makes us
human, so it is the proper function of psychedelic protagonists to
uncover the assumptions (or myths) underlying the trip philosophy,
and its attendant forms of consciousness.
But how can those devoted to psychedelic exploration seek the
help of psychiatric and social scientists if those scientists begin with
the assumption that psychedelic explorers are ipso facto unwell,
devoting their time to exploring the blindalleys of mental pathology.
If most scientists say that tripping is hallucinating, and that ends
that, we should expect psychedelic protagonists to reject the
so-called ‘‘scientific assistance” (e.g., psychotherapy) just as perempt-
orily as science rejects theirs. Which both of them, in fact, do.'4
If a person wonders whether his paranoia about being arrested
and hospitalized for observation is real or delusional, where does one
draw the line between the likelihood of his arrest and his alleged
paranoia? For, the more he reveals to the establishment his
preference for those forms of consciousness he consensually shares
with the members of his own subculture, the more likely is his arrest.
How do we know that his feelings of profound distrust are sound or
unsound merely by listening to him, when the establishment
constantly barrages him with “information” saying that he and his
whole subculture are ‘“‘sick”. More to the point, how is be to know?
Faced with a culture which seems to him to prefer to remain
unconscious of its own genosuicidal tendencies, how can we expect
his culture to trust ours? And it is no use arguing that each culture
has a right to its own myths, metaphors, and fantasies, for the fact is
that the establishment (though not its avant garde) simply condemns
the psychedelic enthusiast, if not for his pathology, then certainly
for his imprudence. Let us inquire how this situation came about.
TimEForms_ 73
ACHRONY
Just as a simple list of words fails to capture the nuances of a
dialect, so the simple enumeration of those technologies in our
ecosphere fails to depict the complexity of those forms of
consciousness which must experience them. We cannot simply add
the impacts of the technologies rampant in our society, since each is
quite distinct, and we scientists know that it is not permitted to add
apples, oranges, and say, pills. But even if we had simple numbers
measuring the impact of our several technologies, we would be
forced to multiply, not add them, to approach their true impact —
which I believe to be so vast and far-reaching in their multiple impact
that nothing comparable has ever before happened to the human
species. I think the total impact of the technologies of our age has
produced a generation more unlike its parents than its parents were
unlike the apes from whence they sprung.
Permit me to explain this conclusion, which might otherwise
seem to be an hallucination. All human cultures so far have been
characterized by a pace of evolution sufficiently slow to permit
parents to transmit their lifestyles to their young. Apes did this, but
poorly, since their communications were restricted to a relatively few
media, such as imprinting’ *, kinesics!®, or direct mimicry. Humans
mastered another whole universe of symbols when the neocortex
permitted the invention of language’? and other symbolic media,
€.g., music, paint, sculpture, etc.* But 20th century technologies
have changed all that, for we now invent culture faster than we can
transmit it, even with electronic media which process billions of bits
of information per second. Hence, the so-called generation gap is in
reality a chasm we in the establishment cannot bridge because the
gap is widening faster than we can build across it. It is a situation
which prompted Margaret Mead to observe that now, for the first
time in history, our children must become our teachers.'® But even
“and vice versa
74 TimeEForRMS
that forecast seems optimistic, since there is no guarantee that we
could learn fast enough even if we tried, and we don’t even seem to
be trying.
There seem to be temporal strata in our society very like those
geologic strata which mark the ages of the earth; there are faults and
fissures in our culture like those on the surface of our planet; there
are mountains and valleys in the temporal nature of our contem-
porary experience; yet, we are strolling about as if we were still in
the garden of Eden while our children are screaming warnings to us
that the species Man is in great peril. We will often be in error if we
mistake their cries of warning for the shouts of children gone mad. I
am saying that their mythos is valid if it says our society must be
made over because it is based on an obsolete warrior culture, and
that we must soon learn to make love, not war.
A generation whose vision is so drastically other than ours
might well regard itself as “freaks”, that is, a race of mutants who
find themselves alone and afraid in a world they most emphatically
did not make, but who accept the responsibility to make it over, lest
they too perish.
I am saying that their metaphors are valid if they hold that we
are like blind men walking the steep cliffs of species suicide, and that
their communal philosophy of brotherhood promises a better chance
of species survival than the bureaucracies we presently inhabit. I am
saying that very often, we accuse them falsely of hallucinating
because they see things we say aren’t there because we refuse to look
at them, e.g., imperialism, genocide, racial oppression, ecological
poison, and a generalized reign of psychological terror and violence
supported by threats of nuclear and/or germ warfare. In such a
world, he is mad who is not paranoid.
So that the citizens of psychedelia should receive no more glory
than is rightfully theirs, we must recognize that their responsibilities
TimEForms 75
are as staggering as their ‘“‘pathologies’’. 1 do not claim that they are
without pathology, that all their myths are right, that every
metaphor they use to distinguish themselves from us is true, that
each fantasy is beautiful and fine and good. There are “‘sick”’ ones, to
be sure, and broken ones, and lost ones.
But the point lies deeper. In an age whose technologies thrash the
waters of time about so violently, by unleashing wave after wave of
rigid and turbulent social change, we shall all be caught, one way or
another, in cross-currents which pull us now one way, now another.
Therefore, it no longer suffices to say that we live in an age of
anxiety, or a period of alienation, or an era of anomie, because, in
our time, those pathogens are not only chronic but accelerating their
“influence. It seems, to paraphrase Shakespeare, that time itself is out
of joint, a condition we have termed “achrony”.
Achrony describes the plight of those caught between discrep-
ant rates of experience. It seems to me that the term fits the
psychedelic generation, who have been forced to endure more rapid
shifts in the rates of their experience than any before them,
engendered by the most powerful and the most rapid world-changing
technologies man has ever invented.
The miracle in such a world is that so few of them hallucinate,
that is, mistake for a direct sensory experience forms of awareness
that derive from another time, be they memories (voices) from the
past or visions (terrors) of the future.
CONCLUSION
You have by now no doubt become aware that I have been
making a rather unsubtle plea. I will make it explicit: Fellow
scientists, in our confrontations with the long-haired, freaky-clothed
76 TiMEFoRMS
members of the psychedelic generation, let us make particularly
special efforts to understand their political condition as the context
of their psychological lives. Let us distinguish sharply between the
madness of our civilization and what may only be the sadness of the
child before us. And let us try to remember that all men are like all
others in some aspect if we but look deeply enough.
TimeForms 177
METARAP: WHO YOU ARE IS HOW YOU CHANGE
(An essay on Temporal Stratification and/or the
Cybernation of Transcendence)
Rap I
1. A.N. WHITEHEAD, 1938
The planets, the stones, the living things all witness to the wide
preservation of identity. But equally, they witness to the partiality of
such preservation. Nothing in realized matter of fact returns
complete identity with its antecedent self. This self-identity in the
sphere of realized fact is only partial. It holds for certain purposes. It
dominates certain kinds of process. But in other parts of process, the
differences are important and self-identity is an interesting fable. For
the purposes of inheriting real estate, the identity of the man of
thirty years of age with the former baby of 10 months is dominant.
For the purposes of navigating a yacht, the differences between man
and child are essential. The identity then sinks into metaphysical
irrelevancy. In so far as identities are preserved, there are orderly
laws of nature. In so far as identities decay, these laws are subject to
modification. But the modification itself may be lawful. The change
in the individual may exhibit a law of change, as for example the
change from baby to full grown animal. And yet such laws of change
are themselves liable to change. For example, species flourish and
decay; civilizations rise and fall; heavenly bodies gradually form, and
pass through sequences of stages.
2. MARGARET MEAD, 1970.
Today, suddenly, because all the peoples of the world are part
of one electronically based, intercommunicating network, young
people everywhere share a kind of experience that none of the elders
78 'TimeForms
ever have had or will have. Conversely, the older generation will
never see repeated in the lives of young people their own
unprecedented experience of sequentially emerging change. This
break between the generations is wholly new: it is planetary and
universal.
3. BUCKMINSTER FULLER, 1970.
Is the human an accidental theatergoer who happened in the
play of life —to like it or not—or does humanity perform an
essential function in Universe. We find the latter to be true.. .In
1951 I published my conclusion that man is the antientropy of
Universe. Norbert Weiner published the same statement at the same
time.
4. BUCKMINSTER FULLER, 1970.
Within decades we will know whether man is going to be a
physical success around earth, able to function in ever greater
patterns of local universe or whether he is going to frustrate his own
success with his negatively conditioned reflexes of yesterday and will
bring about his own extinction around planet earth. My intuitions
foresee his success despite his negative inertias. This means things are
going to move fast.
5. THE BEATLES — IN ABBEY ROAD.
‘And in the end
the love you take
is equal to the love
you make.”
Rap II
Wouldn’t it be a groove if we could sit back now and breathe a
satisfied sigh of relief now that the sixties are over, and say, well, we
made it through. It certainly was a freaky 10 years. Computers, acid,
rock. Whew.
Of course, we can’t. Now world ecology has to be done, or no
TimeEForms 79
more man. Tempting as it might be to rest a while, we know we
either put the planet together in a new way or we’re finished. Done.
There seem to be a number of approaches.
1. SOME SAY:
We’d better hurry up and industrialize the “‘developing” nations
or they’ll gang up and wipe us out. Spread the wealth. Sure,
capitalism isn’t a perfect system, but what is. Industrialization would
at least feed ’em and clothe ’em, right?
2. OTHERS SAY:
Listen, that capitalist rap is thirty years dead, man. Haven’t you
heard about electronics and the second industrial revolution. We
don’t process matter (energy) anymore — we process information.
People don’t have to work, pulling levers any more. Any repetitive
process can be programmed, electronically. Automated, man.
3. OTHERS:
What are you guys talking about. Don’t you realize that we’re in
the mess we’re in because nobody paid any attention to the systems
those automated processes are part of, so now we have a polluted
planet. From now on, we have to figure how automation relates to
the ecosystem. Haven’t you ever heard of feedback. You know,
where the “effect” loops back to influence the “‘cause”. From now
on, we either plan for how our machines feed back on our life styles,
or, like Leary said, all the metal back underground. I’m not for
electronic laissez-faire either, man.
4. STILL OTHERS:
I find it hard to get into your progress metaphors. They all seem
to ignore the terrible pain we’re all in. | mean, how can you dream of
rosy futures while Vietnam is tearing the skins off hundreds of
thousands of young guys like us, while the pigs are practicing
genocide on the panthers, while the trial is screaming that justice is
only for the silent majority. Not to mention what they’re doing to
us.
80 TrmeForms
My scene is to let it bleed. 1 don’t wanna fix it. It’s broke, man.
We need a new one. So, some of us got our shit together, built a
dome out in New Mexico, and we live close to the land. No more
mine-yours games, no more technology. Just getting into each other,
man, finding that quiet still center within ourselves.
5. OTHERS STILL:
Jesus. You sit out there in the woods all peaceful and groovy
but somebody else has to keep them off’ your back. You think
they’re gonna leave you alone, man, with your “sexual communism”
and your dope and your ‘‘deprived”’ children. You think you can just
concentrate on what’s going on inside your head, and make believe
you don’t hear the whole civilization crashing into ruins all around
you. Wake up, man. They’re killing your brothers and your sisters
right now, and you're next.
Rap III
1. FIRST OBSERVER:
Obviously, they’re all correct. The electronic industry is
probably more aware than they are that national boundaries are
obsolete. The synchronous satellites are only the top of the iceberg.
Trans-national conglomerates became necessary as soon as data banks
in the computers could handle the complexity of a thousand branch
offices. And before that, radio, telephone, jets, and television went
beyond national boundaries.
The problem is not whether to spread the wealth, but how.
Right now, we’ve got three political ecosystems; — us, the Russians,
and the Chinese — worrying about how to get the Africans and the
rest of the “‘little” countries on their side, like South America, or
India, or the Middle East. To borrow a phrase from the kids, the
concept “nation” is not where it’s at. The problem is, how do we get
beyond ideologies and belief systems which define spreading the
wealth as imperialism, Communism, Maoism, what have you.
Personally, I think the kids are gonna do it. I mean, kids all over the
TimEForms 81
planet are more like each other than they are national citizens, and I
give them a lot of credit. They’re gonna do it. I’m confident.
2. SECOND OBSERVER:
Sure, sure, the kids are a new post-industrial culture, beyond
ideology and all that. Sure they live in an electronic ecosphere
communicating planetary consciousness with each other like puppies
at the teat. They don’t have to work because the computers will do it
all. Don’t you see, though, that that is precisely the problem. They
have to come up with a new “post cultural’’ culture so they’ll be able
to live in their electronic ecosphere, but there’s absolutely no
precedent for coming up with a new planet-wide post-electronic
culture. So how, to borrow your phrase, are they gonna do it. Even
the universe didn’t do it ex nibilo.
3. THIRD OBSERVER:
They won’t have to. Didn’t you hear ’em talking about
cybernation and systems theory. Our minds boggle at the thought
that each and every last unintended consequence of every little flea
bitten automated factory product will have to be reckoned into the
bargain, but, fer chrissakes, that’s what computers are, don’tcha see,
the screw driver that comes with the general systems theory manual.
Instead of thinking about the hardware all the time, try to realize
that the kids are designing the software. What do you think rock and
roll is. What about those costumes. Aren’t their communes attempts
to get past the wreckage of the nuclear family, that casualty of
industrialism? Their whole generation seems marvellously capable of
responding to our technosphere with an ecosphere of their own.
Don’t you think the kids raised on computers and television, the kids
now in grammar school, are going to be sufficiently flexible to take
the steps they’ll have to take. I think, just as the industrial generation
came up with liberalism, and the computer generation came up with
acidoxy, well, in the same way, the current generatibn is gonna come
up with a hip version of cybernetics. They’ve had their McLuhan to
cut their eye teeth on, so their politics is McLuhanesque. Look at
Abbie Hoffman. Uses the media like a stick ball bat. He knows about
feedback, let me tell you. And his kids are not gonna take any
82 TimeEForMs
nonsense from trans-national conglomerates or the Soviets or the
Maoists. They’re gonna use the planet’s media like Tom Paine used
pamphlets. I think technology has met its match in the next
generation. They’re gonna make it serve them, not serve it, because
they’re not content to be the software for a hardware they can’t
control.
Don’t tell me about no precedents. They’ve got plenty, and
then some.
4. FOURTH OBSERVER:
You're all missing the point, although I agree with what’s been
said. Using your own cybernetic metaphors, you could arrive at a
more general formulation than you have, instead of getting stuck on
the particulars, as I think you have. Look. Even Marx recognized that
a given technology (or means of production, if you insist) calls forth a
given ideology (or culture, with your permission). So, we design an
electronic technology and they obligingly come up with hip
cybernetics. The point is, can they come up with a new culture
before a new hardware system elicits it. In other words, if a new
consciousness is always a response to a new technology, how do we
know that the technologies now on our drawing boards — say,
Tri-d —are going to elicit a brand of culture that will get us
by — that is, insure species survival. The problem, it seems to me, Is
much more serious than you guys seem to have seen.
Put it this way. What if man is a feedback loop for planetary
evolution, that is, man’s role is to monitor life on the planet. If so, he
may be able to adjust a few things here and there, turn a few dials so
the boilers don’t blow up, so to speak. But that doesn’t give us any
guarantee that he can design a better planet, or a better man, for that
matter.
I’m asking whether the feedback theory of conciousness
provides any hope at all. If it’s an after-the-fact mechanism, | don’t
think it offers us any hope at all. More specifically, if you think all
those kids out in those communes are doing anything more than
TimEForms 83
becoming conscious of their condition after they’re in it, I’d like to
be told about it.
5. FIFTH OBSERVER:
You don’t understand feedback, or some other other things I’m
gonna tell you. Let me start with an example. You know what
happens after a forest fire. The forest goes into a condition of
positive feed, proliferates like mad, changes its rate of growth, not
because it wants to, as the teleologists would have us believe, but
because the surrounding systems it interfaces with no longer
maintain it through their feedback on it. Its growth becomes
unchecked for a while, like a computer programmed to scan without
any limits put on it. It becomes a temporary runaway, you might
say.
Now, very similar processes occur in human populations. You
can see it in demographic systems, and even more generally, you can
see it in norm systems, that is, in whole cultures. You can even see it
in psychological terms, when kids “blow their minds” with some
chemical or other, which removes the nice neat negative feedbacks
imposed on them by their surrounding ecosystems, let’s say, families
and/or schools.
Similarly, when a new technology is introduced, you don’t just
get a response to it — you temporarily release the culture from its
priorly programmed equilibrium with its peer cultures so that, for a
while, its inhabitants are freed up to grow wild for a time, before a
new set of negative feedbacks lock in.
I see it as a kind of breathing, a kind of rhythm characteristic of
any system. Call it cybernetic music, if you want. So, if I’m right,
what this means is that the whole electronic revolution did not just
spawn a bunch of hairy rock and roll respondents, although it
certainly did that. But not just that. It cut loose a generation of kids
from a set of obsolete (i.c., no longer enough) norms that were
locking them in, asking them to live in the post-industrial ecosphere
with feedback loops still hooked into the old Newtonian mechanics.
84 TimeForms
The point is, when electricity turned ‘em on (by turning
mechanical feedback off), they proliferated, not just like a forest,
with more of the same kind of trees, but came up with something
new, that wasn’t there before. That’s how this planetary conscious-
ness came about. But, beyond that, the point is that feedback, both
positive and negative, does not simply maintain systems in equili-
brium. Somehow it combines to create things that weren’t there
before. Ex nibilo. Whether they’re new forms of consciousness on a
given planet, or new planets in a given galaxy, human consciousness
is not unique in creating, not just responding: The whole universe
seems to do it. And I think the kids are catching on to that fact.
One final illustration. One afternoon, we were sitting around in
the office, and somebody asked whether I thought the universe was
running down, you know, the entropy form of the second law, and if
it was, how did I account for evolution. And did we think the
universe was running down because our society was, or was our
society coming apart because the universe was.
So I trotted out my Fuller memory and tried to explain that
there seemed to be two aspects of Universe that were not
customarily seen together, that. just as there is radiant, or dissocia-
tive, energy, so also is there emergent, or associative, power, which
Fuller calls synergy. So that things don’t just come apart, they also
come together. In other words, it’s a mistake to talk about receding
galaxies without also talking about gravitation, just as it’s a mistake
to talk about cultural disintegration without also talking about new
forms of cultural (or post-cultural) integration.
Now don’t get me wrong. I’m not saying that there seem to be
nice neat forces at work in the universe which we can ride like surfers
so we have nothing to worry about. That’s sort of like saying isn’t it
nice our legs just reach the ground. I see nothing in these
generalizations to guarantee that man the species has to make it.
Maybe we’re dinosaurs and maybe there’s a new environment
growing that we can’t live in.
TrmeForms 85
But I don’t think so. I think what’s happening is that we’re
gradually beginning to use more and more of those neurons the
shrinks are always telling us we're only using 5% of, that we’re giving
ourselves challenges now that force us to become the creators, rather
than the creatures, of evolution. It may be, and I think it is, that the
time has come for us to think of “consciousness” and “‘culture’’ as
only 2 of a larger set of parameters, and that they’re not particularly
cordial ones at that, locked as they always have been, till now, in a
series of feedback loops we don’t particularly care for anymore. And
the guys who say there are no ways out haven’t got a shred more
evidence than the guys who say there are.
I dunno. Wasn’t it James who said there are forms of
consciousness as different from what we call normal waking
consciousness as that is from sleep. Seems like there oughta be. I’d
hate to think we’re the most advanced life forms in the universe.
Metarap I
Critias: How is the century proceeding?
Timaios: Not bad. Not bad at all. Mathematicians recovered quickly
when Godel showed them no postulate system can remain
perfectly consistent if carried far enough. Reimann took them
beyond Euclidean space. Einstein of course opened the way for
new theories of time, but they’re still a little wary. It’s hard for
them to think without simultaneity — makes them feel the
universe isn’t there, you know. Still, they’ve developed the
calculus. Made some moon shots already.
Critias: That’s promising. How about their music?
Timaios: Same there. Looks good. They went atonal a while ago.
The young have a form they call rock which unites poetry,
folklore, protest, etc. Electronic sounds are strangely beautiful,
in their primitive way. Some of the abstract ballet is magnifi-
cent too.
86 ‘TimEForMS
Critias: Art?
Timaios: Earthworks. Holograms. Light. Fine. Very fine.
Critias: Physics?
Timaios: Wonderful. They’re just crossing the bridge between
sub-atomic “‘particles” and sub-nuclear fields. Fellow named
Gellmann looks very promising, and another named Feinberg
may just have a way for them to generalize Einstein. A few of
them are trying to detect gravity waves. Shouldn’t be long
before they master them. Also, some pretty interesting things
happening with lasers, communications hardware, and the like.
More interesting, some are beginning to wonder why some life
forms (populations of bacteria, for example) seem to “‘obey the
same laws’’, as they say, that populations of gas molecules do.
Shouldn’t be long before they find that the rate of negentropy
is very slow at the gas level, and gets faster as you go up the
evolutionary scale.
Critias: What about war technology. Are they still constructing
those deadly systems?
Timaios: Yes, but the young seem to be withdrawing from all that.
Culture lag. There are still a large number of “neutral”
technicians employed in war industries but I think it’ll phase
itself out as the young mature.
Critias: How about their therapists. How far have they gotten?
Timaios: That’s a bit more complex. Some overlap with the social
scientists, but they’re all so stuck in their craft unions. The
medieval thing. Psychiatrists either clung to biochemistry or
psychoanalysis for a while. Then they found groups, then
families, etc. Some of them are going quite far, actually.
Systems approaches, communication contexts, ecology. Begin-
ning to see’ that any level below can be programmed by the next
TimEForms 87
level up. Like the physicists. Too bad they don’t talk to each
other very often. Social Psychiatry looks good, if they can
figure out a way around the so-called community mental health
centers, which got coopted by all that money. But the
communities themselves are forcing an evolution. The Blacks
and the Puerto Ricans. Magnificent people. Great dignity.
Critias: An old story. The people grow beyond their chains. Tell
me — is there joy?
Timaios: Among the youth. They are the only ones. They found
certain chemicals, much like the Hindi used to use, and released
themselves from the self-prisons which mirrored their machines.
It wasn’t long before they found that transcendence could be
facilitated if one had enough friends of like mind. At first, they
used them mainly as aphrodisiacs, but they soon found the
experience of awe was a door to higher realms. Very hard for
them to do, since their whole culture was going the other way,
so to speak. But they are doing it. They rear their children
differently, they revere each other, stare gently into each
other’s eyes for long periods. What is most promising is that
they now experience time dilation, in which, as you know,
minutes seem like hours, hours seem like days, and days seem
like weeks. During such experiences, when the veils of illusion
fall from their eyes, they probe new depths, ascend new heights,
widen their vistas, but most important, they do so together.
Hence, they begin to build the foundations for the next era.
Critias: What do you think is next for them?
Timaios: As I said, the young are now aware of time dilation. It will
not be long before they find ways to guide the rates of any
process, be it space flight, planetary ecology, cultural inte-
gration, psychological maturation, or anything else they desire.
Critias: Have they begun temporal design?
88 TrmeForMSs
Timaios: Not yet. But, as I say, they’re beginning to rear their young
differently, as citizens of the planet who.cannot bear to see any
starve while they have food, any killed while they have life, any
lonely while they have mates. They do not tolerate wealth while
any need, nor do they honor progress here at the expense of
regress there. The most sensitive among them are accustoming
themselves to living in continuous change, and are beginning to
thrive on it.
Soon, they will find that even change changes, and will
have to accustom themselves to that process as well, whether it
changes slowly or rapidly.
It is difficult, Critias, for me to distinguish my hopes for
them from my estimates of their future. They seem to know
that joy is the emotion which accompanies transcendence, but
they seem reluctant to swim in the oceans of time even while
they begin to enter endless space.
Critias: How old are they?
Timaios: About a million years, in their present form.
Critias: And you want to hurry them. Let them cling like puppies.to
the breasts of their cultures. They will be gone soon enough.
TimeForms 89
DRUGS AS CHRONETIC AGENTS
INTRODUCTION
In previous chapters we have reported data derived from
participant observation of the various scenes in which young people
use the drugs of their choice in the special ways they have chosen.
For the most part, the observations were carried out with one or
another drug the focus of our investigation. For example, we
examined the heroin scene and reported on it to the exclusion of the
other drugs concurrently used by the heroin users. Similarly our
investigation of so-called “glue sniffers” was conducted and reported
separately. The same is true of our reports of the psychedelic scene.
Our reasons for doing so were partly historical, since the
heydays of various drugs were at different times, and partly practical,
i.e., one cannot discuss everything at once. But the principal reason
for the separateness of our studies was a theoretical one, in that each
drug study was conducted as an empirical test of a set of hypotheses
derived from a larger theoretical interest. We have for some time now
been engaged in the study of time processes, i.e., how time and its
mysteries are understood in the various disciplines, ranging from
astrophysics to anthropology. Our attempt has been to derive a set of
generalizations descriptive of time processes in ANY discipline, in
other words, the study of time itself, not simply the time of the
physicist or the psychologist. We call this study ‘““CHRONETICS”,
and define its scope as the study of temporal processes in their own
right. We seek, in short, to determine whether there are general laws
which all time processes obey, and if so to determine what they are.
The first problem we confront in such an effort is one with
which all investigators are confronted, no matter what their field,
namely, to what extent is our ordinary experience a bias which
90 TimeFormMs
blinds us. In other fields, say, geology, one may experiment with the
elements of one’s concern, ¢.g., rocks, rivers, rain, etc. But how does
one experiment with time? How do we know whether the assump-
tion is correct that time is an invariant, which ‘“‘flows evenly”, to use
a popular expression, or whether the assumption of invariance blinds
us. to possible variations in temporality. It is tempting to regard
recent evidence from physics as confirming the view that time varies
considerably at subnuclear levels of observation, and hence that time
may also vary elsewhere. But this courts the danger of going beyond
the limits of the data.
Thus we were struck very early in our investigations by the
almost total unanimity of our research subjects’ reports that their
drug experiences altered their experience of time. A similar unani-
mity is found in pharmacological, psychological, and phenomeno-
logical reports, further confirming our subjects views. In the
remainder of this chapter we shall attempt to summarize our
previous findings concerning which drugs change the experience of
time in which ways, and to justify our tentative conclusion that
drugs are taken by those who take them (indeed, also by those who
prescribe them) principally for that reason, namely, to alter the rate
of experience.
In addition to this psychological effect, however, we shall
endeavor to show that the temporal aspects of certain social
processes are also involved, so that when we refer to drugs as
chronetic agents we are not restricting ourselves to exclusively
subjective or psychological parameters but explicitly to those aspects
of experience with which the sociologist is rightly concerned, which
we might call sociological architecture.
In this sense, notwithstanding the summary nature of this
paper, the investigations here reported must be regarded as prelimi-
nary, for it is a long way from demonstrating that our experience of
time may vary under certain conditions to establishing that there are
TimeForms 91
laws of time variation whose discernment the chroneticist properly
pursues across the ranges of many disciplines.
We invoke as our measuring instrument the cybernetic notion
that human beings. in their subjectivity as well as in their sociation
may be heuristically regarded as information processing systems,
characterized initially (and minimally) as receivers, programmers, and
broadcasters. That is, we perceive, think, and communicate. And of
course, more. Much more. How do drugs alter these processes?
CHRONETIC PHENOMENOLOGY
There are three classes of drugs with which we are concerned,
which in the street language of our subjects are called “downs”,
“ups”, and “‘trips”’, referring in the first case to narcotics, sedatives,
barbituates, and alcohol, i.e., CNS depressants. Trips include mari-
juana, LSD, mescaline, psilocybin, psilosin, etc., i.e., psychedelics, to
employ Osmond’s term. As every neurologist knows, heroin, mor-
phine, methadone, ez.al., have the property of constricting the pupils
of the eye, which the street talk calls being “‘pinned”’. Of course this
means that less light is entering the retinal chamber and indicates
that the amount of information the subject tolerates is reduced in
proportion to dosage. The “input” function to the higher cortical
centers is sharply reduced by narcotics, not only visually, but across
thé entire sensorium.
Subjects report that the heroin high is like the astronauts
perspective in that time changes in the environment are seen as from
a great height, so that the net effect is an experience in which things
seem to go very slowly, if at all. At high dosages, “time seems to
stand still”, so that the euphoric experience of timelessness seems
paradoxically to last forever. This helps to understand why the
heroin experience is so cherished by those who cherish it. Even
though, to the outside observer it seems to last for such a “short”
time, to the serious heroin user, time seems to have stopped, and his
joy is eternal. Our subjects report it is exactly this temporary
eternity they seek. So do the makers of the 7,000 year old Sumerian
tablets which instruct the religious novice in its preparation.
92 'TrImEForRMS
Ups, on the other hand, have an entirely different set of
subjective reports associated with them. One subject described his
experience of ‘‘meth”’ (speed) as follows:
Hey, man, dig it, here’s how it feels. . . .Do you like
to drive fast in your car, man. Imagine you have this racing
car, see, with no windshield, see, and, they say you can
have NYC all to yourself with all the other cars gone. So
you go speeding around corners at 90 and open up to 200
miles an hour along Park Avenue, man, whizzing, and
spinning around the whole city all to yourself. You can do
anything as you want, an’ you can go as fast as you want
to go. Dig it man, imagine all that power just walking,
man, or screwing. Wow.
Clinicians will be sensitive to the omnipotent undertones in our
subject’s report, to the grand ideas of power and exhilaration. They
will not be unfamiliar with the fact that ‘coming down” or
“crashing” from ‘‘speed” (meth) is severely depressing, often to the
point of persecutory ideation and feeling characteristic of the
paranoid experience.
Note, however, in our subject’s report that it is the rate of his
experience he centrally cherishes. So much is this the case that he
will often use too much, then resort to barbituates to slow down, in
what soon becomes a cycle of speeding, slowing, then speeding again,
for days, sometimes for weeks at a time, with little thought of food,
sleep, or sociation. The fact that speed is alleged to confer long
periods of sexual potency bordering on Priapism is considered to far
outweigh the fact that it renders the serious user anorgastic. It is as-if
one were trying to move faster than time itself, squeezing in more
than mere clock time permits.
Speed “freaks”? are notorious broadcasters, who will talk
without interruption for 4 or 5 hours, at a very fast clip, usually to
the considerable consternation of their ‘‘straight’” friends. They
believe they understand things superbly well and deeply for the first
TimeForms 93
time and are very eager to share this new-found wisdom with anyone
who will listen for as long as they will listen. This seems to be due to
the fact that the CNS is stimulated, not at the perceptual-sensory
level, but at the higher cortical levels, so that sensory information is
processed faster. It is exactly this rapid illumination speed freaks
report they want.
‘Heads’ or adepts of the psychedelic experience well know that
trips seem to last far longer than clock time measures. Even a half a
marijuana cigarette will permit the smoker to feel that a three minute
musical selection has the temporal characteristics of a symphony and
the four hour high correspondingly feels like 8 or 10 hours. Acid
(LSD) a far more potent drug, is almost impossible to describe to
those who have not experienced it. Like sex, talking about it doesn’t
quite convey the qualities of the experience. For, in additon to its
ability to vastly expand the range of sensory delights, LSD induces
the most complex chronetic patterns yet known to man, such that
serious users regularly report variations in the variations of the time
experience. Moments of eternal stillness alternate with extremely
rapid pulsations and rhythms: feelings of rest, velocity, acceleration,
and changes in acceleration are common, and reports of even more
subtle and complex changes in time experience are common. That
this experience is deliberately sought is indicated in McCluhan’s
aphorism that the computer is the LSD of the business world (just
as) LSD is the computer of the counter culture.
What computers and acid have in common is the processing of
information at extremely high speeds. Computers operate in nanosec-
onds. No one knows how /ow LSD reduces synaptic thresholds, nor,
consequently, how high it increases the rate of neural firing. What is
well known, by heads at least, is that, in addition to its ability to
open wide the “doors of perception”, acid is also well named, for in
the cybernetic analogy what seems to happen is that the amount of
data is increased while the programs for its conceptual management
are simultaneously dissolved. It feels like a fuse has blown, so that
too much current is flowing. (Hence, the expression “mind-blow-
ing”’.)
94 TimeForMs
It is exactly this experience of sensory overload, de-program-
ming, and re-programming, that heads seck. Whether the insights and
experiences had with this powerful substance are “valid” or
“illusory” is a question for more research than present federal laws
currently permit. Suffice it to note that the extremely rapid
chronetic changes LSD includes are cherished by those who favor
LSD, as well as the feeling that a 12 hour experience of this sort is
regularly compared to a week or a month of continuous ecstasy. In
this context, one is not surprised to find recent opinion in
theological literature holding that the sacred mushroom (amanita
muscaria) was the agent inducing the mystical experiences that led
directly to the formulation of the major world religions.
CHRONETIC SOCIOLOGY
If we focus now upon the population who favor the drugs
discussed above, not simply upon the subjective experiences of their
individual members, a chronetic pattern of another sort emerges.
Brevity prevents an extended discussion of the ‘‘measuring instru-
ment’’ we employ as a sociological tool. Suffice it to say that the rate
of social change is increasingly adopted as a criterion in the social
sciences, in our era of rapid social change. If we ask ‘“‘what is the
relation between our three classes of drugs and the rates of social
change experienced by differing classes in America,” a clear pattern
becomes visible.
Thus, until very recently, narcotics use was principally the
predilection of the lower class, whose rate of change was widely
acknowledged to be the slowest in the fastest emerging society in the
world. This experience, which we have elsewhere termed ‘‘anachron-
istic’, is severely “painful” to those who experience it, since it is not
only an experience of extreme alienation, but of increasing aliena-
tion, whose rate of increase is increasing. Under such circumstances,
heroin might be said to be the medication of choice, since it is par
excellance the pain killer. It is a situation in which one might turn
around Marx’s classic phrase that religion is the opiate of the people.
TimeForms 95
Unfortunately, as the rate of alienation increases in the middle class,
we find an increase in the incidence of narcotics there as well. This is
becoming more widely known every day.
The upper lower and the lower middle classes are not, as a
group, experiencing a rate of social change identical to the lowest
class. In fact, it seems that we have an explanation for the popularity
of “ups’’ in this population when we note that their wish to “catch
up” with the bourgeoisie who are “moving up” faster than they is
temporarily granted by a class of drugs whose property is to confer
the illusion of acceleration. Note also that the illusions of ‘‘progress”’
and “getting ahead” are beliefs entertained by this group far more
actively than the lowest class, who despair, or the upper middle class,
who pride themselves on “having arrived”. The “violence” often
attributed to the “coarse, gruff, working culture” is not untouched
by speed’s illusion of omnipotence, nor by its stimulation and
feelings of social persecution. They “go”’ together, as it were.
The most rapid rate of change in our society is experienced by
those who, like the computer, must process vast amounts of
information in a very little time, i.e., the most highly educated, those
whose participation in the cybernetic revolution of our times is
deepest. Typically, the children of upper middle class parents are
those most barraged with novelty in our society, since they
paradoxically have the leisure time in which to suffer from
information overload. The Berkeley rebels were born the year mass
TV was born, and study after study reveals they spent more time in
front of their TV sets than they did before parents and teachers
combined. Not to mention books, magazines and films. Or the threat
of nuclear holocaust. Or planetwide pollution. Confronted with the
massive responsibilities to “‘solve’’ these massive crises, knowing that
species Man will not long survive unless be quickly devises ways and
means to turn away from a chemical which confers the ability to
process huge amounts of information in a very short time. For theirs
is the first generation for whom the experience of accelerating social
change is the norm, and they know they have no choice but to thrive
on it. Imagine their dismay when they are simultaneously com-
96 TrmEForMS
manded to thrive on change and do nothing to bring it about. Their
patience with the slow moving institutions which thus double bind
them is therefore somewhat astonishing.
Let us hope it doesn’t wear too thin. For they are, literally, our
future. It is for them that we must attempt to discern the laws of
time and change, for without knowledge of these laws, we seem, as a
species, about to perish. With such laws, hopefully, the next
generation might have a chance to become chronetic agents of an
entirely new kind.
TimEFormMs 97
FREQUENCY AND FORM
What I am doing with my life is building a set of generalizations
comprehending how time works. I call thé comprehension of the
time laws of any process ‘‘chronetics”’.
I’ve been working at it a “long” time and have done it in some
strange places. Like, a dissertation on Plato’s theory of time, which
started in 58 but didn’t come till ’63. Like, in ’65 getting a
videotape system installed in a family therapy agency so that families
and therapists could play back their sessions during their sessions.
Like getting headaches trying to transform the laws of general
relativity into classroom sociology since 1953, though I hate the
math. Like trying to figure out acid time expansion during acid time
expansion. Etc.
This rap is about the chronetics of software, in other words,
some thoughts on the time forms of current communication events.
As everybody knows, Universe is not a very large expanding
balloon with galactic light bulbs interspersed “‘at” varying distances.
Einstein told us Universe is not a simultaneous assembly of things.
Universe isn’t there — in fact, man’s invention of the concept reveals
his terror crouching behind a facade of omniscience. Currently, our
mythos is that Universe is “really” atoms (i.e., waves of energy
spiralling at light velocity) arrayed hierarchically (i.e., a few is a gas, a
lot is a planet, a very lot a galaxy, etc.). Whitehead said the only
philosophical mistake. you could make (hence the error of every
philosophical mistake) was thinking you could simply locate any-
thing anywhere. This “fallacy of simple location” is the intellectual
form of man’s wish to evade the terror which would flood him were
he to admit the Heraclitus vision that all is flux. The emotional form
98 TImMEFORMS
of this saving illusion is hubris — pride — the myth of individual
autonomy, the ‘pursuit of loneliness”. Freud once wrote that the
human central nervous system works like the osmosis process of the
cell wall, whose main function is to keep some fluids in but most
fluids out. Fuller suggests the inside is the inside of the outside — the
outside the outside of the inside. Laing ponders why some people
who spit in a glass of water can’t — can’t drink it. Others can. Recent
experiments by Italian physicists, who ran electrons going “‘one way”
against positrons going “the other”, both “at’’ the speed of light, lead
them. to believe there’s another whole realm ‘‘underneath” quantum
atomics which is continuous, i.e., not ““composed” of quanta, but of
processes.
So in my view, there is no Universe anywhere, “at” any instant,
for there are no instants. Better — “‘there”’ isn’t. Time is. What seems
to be happening is a myriad of energy rates dyssynchronously
modulating. Nobody seems to know why there are different rates, or
how they change. Recent speculations include a realm on the “other
side” of the light velocity barrier wherein “particles” only go faster
than light, and if they slowed down to light velocity would annihilate
as in E=mc? (F einberg). Others, at the Princeton Center where
Einstein thought, wonder if there isn’t a realm under the atoms
where time ‘‘goes the other way, or not at all.”
What I’m trying to suggest, in mosaic, is a Universe of varying
frequencies, in which occasional synchronicities are called communi
cation.
Now, some frequencies, after million year evolutionary periods
of interacting dyssynchronously, have come into a harmony which
we call sensation. Air waves and ear vibrations in synch result in our
experience of sound. Light velocities in harmony with retinal
photochemistry result in vision. Rates of neural transmission, when
exceeded or unreached, do not result in experience since there are
limits within and only within which nerves fire. Overload or
underload, outside certain limits, result in nothing. No experiences.
No communication.
TimeForms 99
Hence, Fuller says, human “sensory equipment can tune
directly with but one millionth of the thus far discovered physical
Universe events. Awareness of all the rest of the millionfold greater
than human sense reality can only be relayed to human ken through
instruments devised by a handful of thought employing individuals
anticipating thoughtfully the looming needs of others.”’
This is probably an overestimate. There is no reason to believe
that the tiny region of human synchronicity with Universe frequen-
cies which is our band of experience is as much as a millionth,
because it well may be that the range of frequencies goes from — ©
to + ce, I have no quarrel with Bucky’s adorable naturalism, but the
range of options for synchronicity may be vaster than he has said. So
far.
Even if the spectrum is mot that large, it serves as a perspective
on which to map the tasks of software design. Like Huxley’s remark
that any good plumber could have done better than god-evolution
with the human appendix, it seems to be the case that the human
sensory channels are fairly crummy samplers of the range of universe
frequencies. Hence, any software system which sets the outer limits
of its responsibility as fostering the synchronicity of present human
wavelengths could be guilty of a reactionary nostalgia. Filling in the
gaps of the sensory range now is a tactic worthy of admiration, but it
shouldn’t be confused with the grand strategy which, minimally, in
my opinion, must include not only the design-expansion of the realm
of human experience, but the design expansion of the range of
synchronicities in our local region of universe. Man may be
negentropy, but there’s more to Universe negentropy than man. How
to tune in on that is the larger task. To say nothing of feedback.
It will be objected — “‘this is visionary — idealistic — there are
many more pressing urgencies presently at hand.” To which a good
reply might be “if you’re unaware of the spectrum you’re working
in, you're working with unnecessary blinders.”
100 TrmeEForMS
To put the matter differently — the larger the generalization,
the more significance (meaning, value, importance) the event. That’s
why we’re interested in Cosmology. That’s why we fly space ships.
That’s why we seek Atman, Buddha, Satori, enlightenment, trip.
Software, therefore, results whenever dyssynchronous frequen-
cies are mediated, i.e., related in some form of temporal harmony. It
is not very far from the Platonic vision that the music of the
planetary spheres is in proportion to the ratio of string lengths ona
lute, to the view which reveals that the fundamental units of
software are the chords and rhythms of perception. It is utterly banal
to hold that the “bits of digital information” metaphor comes
anywhere near the kind of planetary orchestration man is beginning
to compose. This vision can be ecologized by the recognition that
software results not simply from passing items of perception around
among human sensors, but whenever and however Universe frequen-
cies are proportioned. Man is not the only Universe function
producing software. It is an entirely common even in Universe, and
may in fact turn out to be its fundamental process, i.e., how it
basically forms, so that, to do it is to be like the Druids at
Stonehenge dancing to the rhythms of the cosmos. Groovin’, as it
were.
But there’s more. Recent evidence suggests that brain waves can
very easily come under deliberate control, that alpha highs can be
turned on at will, that autonomic nervous system-endrocrine
interactions can be accelerated-decelerated consciously, that, in
short, electronic yoga is now an increasingly popular research sport.
It begins to seem as if experience, not surgery, is the design avenue
for the deliberate human evolution. All this before the mass
availability of mini-laser communications technology, holographic
environments instead of rooms/walls of plaster, liquid crystal read
out systems, etc., etc.
So, it’s time to ask — what are the chronetic laws that govern
the accelerating process of which electronic software is only the
current mode? By this I do not mean “how soon will the matter
TimeForms 101
transmitter be invented” or “will lunar language finally substitute
Einsteinian categories for Aristotelian ones.” Such inquiries are an
exercise in linear prophecy only, necessary but not sufficient. I’m
more interested in temporal design and its prerequisites.
For example, sociologists have unwittingly placed at the
foundation of their game the notion of “expectation,” by which
they seem to mean what Eliot meant when he said the human kind
can stand very little reality — raw. People seem to have to know how
long a thing will be what it is to know how likely it will stay what it
is so they can expect it to remain what it was so when it comes by
again they can say — ah yes— that bit — nothing new (terrifying)
there. They want to be able to anticipate recurrence and periodicity,
so they can generalize, and say, oh yes, it’s one of those — I’ve seen it
before — it won’t hurt me because none of them ever did before.
When things (societies, cultures, groups, etc.) change fast, faster than
they can be generalized, people experience future shock — they need
to experience and generalize faster than they can. When they
repeatedly fail, they conclude (generalize) ‘I can’t know what to
expect.” This hopeless condition is known as despair. Are there ways
to accelerate the formation of generalizations which can stave off
this despair. Does acid do it? Will videotape? How? It will be
perceived that these questions are special cases of the more general
question: how to mediate discrepant frequencies — that is — what
forms of software (generalization — culture) do we require in this
temporal myriad we call home.
Surely, a beginning is the creation of a new planetary network
of communications hardware and software, so those who now dance
to vastly different drummers can come together in the first voluntary
civilization ever to steer spaceship earth: evolution consciously
deliberately joyously, freed of the fetters of national political (i.e.
humanicidal — ecocidal) idiocies.
More important, | think, is the work heretofore left to
mathematicians, physicists, philosophers, psychiatrists, and other
intellectuals — that is — identifying the waves and frequencies of
102 TimeForms
which our experiences are the result, intuiting the laws which govern
them, and designing better freer forms in which to live.
For example, a friend of mine set up his hardware so his five
year old son could:
1. watch Sesame Street broadcast
2. watch himself watching Sesame Street on a second live
monitor
3. make a tape of himself, watching his tape while watching
himself on a live monitor watching himself on tape
4. tape himself with a 5 second delay loop on one monitor and
try to mimic that so that the second monitor is in sync with
the first
5. play with variable delay loops on both monitors (2 decks)
6. play with multiple variable delay loops and live monitors
7. vary recording and playback speeds while doing any/all of
the above.
Not surprisingly, the boy began asking his father to help him do
things that went beyond the design limits of the hardware. To
explain why he couldn’t, his father began drawing diagrams of
multiple feedback loops with variable time loops, which the kid dug
on the basis of his experience. Then the five year old started
wondering how to design hardware so he could have the experience
he wanted. He had found the limits of the temporal rhythms built
into the hardware available to him, and imagined himself beyond
them, i.¢., temporal design. He wanted more software than there was
in his world. I pass over the obvious corollary that he also immunized
himself to the information pollution belching from commercial TV.
What interests me about such experiments (which we occasionally do
TimeForms' 103
at the Center) is the experimental immersion in complex time pools
which are not only exciting but architecturally motivating.
A question which bothers everybody involves ecological re-
cycling — there’s an awful lot of good information around which we
could share better if only those maverick data banks were set up.
After all, it’s chronetically silly to shoot tape at light speed, then air
mail it to friends in London. And, since “they” own the satellites, all
they have to do is charge prohibitive rentals so we can’t move our
information as fast as we shoot it. So Far. They are not gonna rent us
time to create alternatives to them.
So, it seems to me, we are going to have to come up with
software which is not only good for us but good for them, too.
That’s what global means.
We have no choice but to take them with us — i.e., turn them
on to the benefits of our way. We’re gonna have to go beyond the
hip ethnocentrism we built to defend ourselves against them. We
can’t any longer enjoy being so ‘‘far out”’ that nothing happens. This
could turn out to be a fatal underload.
The only choice we have, in my opinion, is to produce software
which mediates their (slower) frequencies and our (faster) ones into
those which harmonize both of us with the (much faster) vibes of a
really global synchronous system. To put it crudely, we have to show
the satellite-computer people (e.g., the “defense department”) how
our way is better for all of us; that a planetary form is better — for
all of us — than cartels.
I guess my own naturalism is unmasked in the following
optimistic statement — somehow the people always recognize a
masterpiece, so, as entry into the next phase, that’s what we have to
do. Which is not, in the strict sense, a political, but rather a
cultural-aesthetic task.
104. TimeForms
The dilemma — you can’t have a revolution unless your head’s
together, but you can’t get your head together unless you have a
revolution — here arises. I’m suggesting that both tasks — solidarity
and revolution — are facilitated by broadening the collective imagina-
tion with such questions as: What is that process of which
industrialism, then automation, then cybernation are the accelera-
tively appearing moments? What are the unknown time rules such
processes follow? Can we design other frequencies and forms?
I think so. But, as Fuller says — ‘“This means things are going to
move fast.”
METALOG
TimeForms) 107
ON SOCIAL TIME (II)
PROLOGUE
The first draft of this chapter was written 5 years ago when I
was an Instructor at Queens College, CUNY and Director of Research
at Jewish Family Service. It remained unpublished in mimeo form
since then because I wasn’t sure it was not simply an elaborate
hallucination. What faith I now have in the ideas put forward is
largely due to the sensitive audience granted me by Philip Slater at
Brandeis, and Henry Murray at Harvard, who first encouraged me to
get on with it, and by the students and colleagues who since have
patiently helped me to put my obsession with time into the
somewhat legible form before you.
INTRODUCTION
Galileo’s attempt to vindicate his conviction that light moved at
a finite velocity took the form of an experiment in which one of two
observers stationed about a mile apart agreed to signal when he saw
the light emitted from his partner’s lantern. If light possessed a finite
velocity (measurable at the distance of one mile by two interested
observers), his hypothesis would have received its vindication. But we
know now that it moved too fast for him. Speculation and
experiment have since revealed (Fizeau, Michelson-Morley)! what we
now regard as a common-place, i.e., light travels in finite velocities,
ie., it “takes time.” Most of us are now aware that Einstein’s
theories of relativity have something to do with a four-dimensional
space-time continuum. But, shoemakers to our own lasts, not until
recently did we perceive the relevance of these ‘‘physical” specula-
tions to our daily concerns. So light takes time...... ?
A moment’s reflection reveals that the physicist’s concern with
the velocity of light is similar, if not homological, to the social
108 TirmeForms
scientist’s concern for words and gestures, because, just as light is
information for the astronomer, so words and gestures are informa-
tion for social beings.
But a striking difference between light and word emerges if we
note that each photon delivers its information as it strikes a
photoreceptor, whereas it is notoriously observable that people may
pour out streams of words and gestures onto each other without
communicating very well at all. Some of this difficulty is understood;
we know about perspectives, frames of reference, points of view,
codes, categories, metaphors, and a host of other intervening
obstacles which alter the message as it is getting through. We know
about transmission failures, and we know that reception may be
garbled by malfunctions in the reception process. We tend to assume,
in the absence of the above alterations, that the content of a given
communication will have its intended consequence.
But, returning to the Galilean metaphor, what if there is
nothing wrong either with the lantern or with the observers’ visual
acuity? It may still happen that communication fails. Perhaps, under
such ideal circumstances, not the content but the rate of communica-
tion (e.g. the reaction-time of the observers) needs examination. It
may be, and we shall attempt to convey, that even perfect (noiseless)
contents often do not communicate because phenomena associated
with the rates, speeds, accelerations, decelerations, and similar
temporal parameters are involved.
Thus messages which arrive too fast to be recorded will be
missed, much as Galileo’s assistants failed to measure light’s speed.
Conversely, talk made too slowly will bore and precipitate ennui,
much as a tape recording, played too slowly, will growl. That these
conditions may obtain in those quadrants of the universe of social
behavior customarily studied by the social scientist is the hypothesis
of this chapter.
ALIENATION, ANOMIE, ANXIETY
We shall elsewhere observe that Marx’s alienation, Durkheim’s
TimeForms 109
anomie, and Freud’s anxiety have, in addition to their alliterative
resemblance, a more central similarity which derives from the
concern these men shared for the pathologies of urban man. When
Marx described the “‘alienation” the worker suffers because the
injustices of feudal serfdom have been replaced by newer modes of
production and distribution, he rejoices that a liberation has taken
place, but he is saddened (and angered) because the former peasant
now has no choice but to sell his time, ie., his labor per hour.
Tyranny has been removed only to be supplanted by a new form of
subjugation. To this point hath the dialectic come, as Hegel observed
in other circumstances.”
Durkheim’s fundamental explorations of anomie also implicitly
participated in a temporalist orientation, for he focused, especially in
Suicide, on those situations in which a former division of labor
and its concomitant set of norms, values, and roles, were made
suddenly obsolete by a subsequent division of labor, with its new set
of norms, values, and roles. He was of course far from insightless into
the obverse situation, the disintegration of a coherent social harmony
into a prior condition of organization, resulting in an inappropriately
complex norm system straddling the disorganized situation.
While it seems not uncertain that Freud was aware of the
writings of Marx and Durkheim, it is almost banal to point out, in
our era, that Freud’s theory of anxiety was very much an expression
of his own particular genius. This is especially evident in what many
regard as the best of his sociological works, namely, Civilization and
its Discontents.* This ground breaking work in psychoanalytic
sociology may be heuristically summarized as follows. When the
division of labor in a society increases and complexifies, the number
of norms and values increases concomitantly. But, when this larger
number of norms and values is introjected, becoming ingredient in
the personality, spontaneity is decreased, because, increasingly, the
forms and patterns of gratification available to the organism are
subject to increasingly complex social definition. As Marcuse° has
aptly demonstrated, it is a situation in which increasing sublimation
110 TirmeForms
calls for increasing repression. Or, to put the matter more prosaically,
it seems to haye been Freud’s view that complex civilization creates a
complex superego, which then accumulates controlling dominion
over the organism’s pleasure seeking. The thesis that our civilization
prevents us from enjoying our congenital polymorphous perversity is
rather univocally endorsed by Norman Brown® as the cultural plight
of contemporary western man.
Thus it is not very far from the thesis of Civilization and tts
Discontents to the following proposition: In a given social system,
as the number of normatively defined interactions increases, the
number of spontaneously defined interactions decreases.
The generality of this proposition calls for several clarifying
amendations, since it is almost too obvious that the theoretical
import of the Freudian statement is not far removed from the
theoretical import of Durkheim’s classical formulation. In both,
complexity finds its criterion in a simple enumeration of norms.
Somewhat more subtly, we point now to the theoretical intimacy of
this hypothesis with certain aspects of Marxian Sociology, in which
the increasingly laborious definition of the worker’s role brings about
his increasingly alienated situation.
At the heart of these formulations, we believe, is a temporal
assumption, which we may tease out by exploring the notion of
spontaneity. Certainly, we must avoid imputing to these theorists a
wish to avoid any and all socialization processes and to leave as
unimpinged as possible the noble savage, natural man.”? Each would
agree that a human isolate is inhuman, and that a man alone is no
man at all. Yet each found a certain measure of inexorable necessity
in the very “state” of affairs he deplored.
If we do not inquire into this inexorability, we shall be left with
nothing more than theories of pathogenesis. If however we can make
some reasonable formulation of the “native” possibilities of man,
that sort of humanity he has prior to alienation, anomie, and
anxiety, then perhaps we shall be able to state at least some of the
TimeForms 111
prolegomena to a sociological theory of human joy, as well as the
conditions under which human life is subjected to pathology.
If it is impossible to make any headway here, then we shall have
to resign ourselves to a perennial entrapment between alienation and
freedom, mechanical and organic solidarity, thanatotic and erotic
life, or, more generally, to an impotence when confronting the desire
to transform the social basis of Life and Death. Faith in an inevitable
“‘progress’”’ now seems worn thin.
The approach, we suggest, is to be found in the characteristics
of our own age upon which so many writers, from Marx to Merton,
have commented. I refer to the twin conceptions of social process
and social change, and, to paraphrase Whitehead,® to the fact that we
have witnessed more rapid change in the twentieth century than in
the twenty centuries before it.
SOCIAL PROCESS AND SOCIAL CHANGE?®
Two root metaphors seem to be employed with especial
frequency in the social scientists’ conceptualization of social process
and social change; the part-whole metaphor, and the space-time
metaphor. Relating these to each other we may derive the following
four-celled paradigm:
space time
I Il
particle instant
I] . IV
gestalt process
In cell I, we locate the particle point of view, in which things,
events, processes or changes are construed as the resultant configura-
tion of a number of individual particles. Thus a molecule is a number
part
whole
112 TimeForms
of atoms, a galaxy a (very large) number of stars and planets, a group
a ‘“‘composition”’ of individuals. Processes and changes are ascribed to
the addition or subtraction of parts. Many gas particles will set up a
gravitational field, eventually forming a galaxy; many individuals will
enter into patterned interactions, eventually forming a group. For
example, population pressure (the increase in number of individuals)
has not infrequently been allotted the engine role in social processes
and social changes.
Critics who castigate this sort of conceptualization in the social
sciences as ‘‘methodological individualism,” argue that the derivation
of social relations from the units of behavior is reductionist,
atomistic, and primitive. Proponents assert that their thoughts are
modeled on reality and are therefore genuinely descriptive of the
situations which capture their interests.
In cell II, we locate the gestalt point of view, in which things,
events, processes and changes are construed as self-defined wholes. A
molecule may be intellectually analyzed or “broken’’ into its
component atoms, just as a group may be analytically separated into
its component individuals. But gestaltists insist that a molecule is a
molecule, and a group is a group, prior to our analytic operations.
They say that galaxies whirl and eddy, groups migrate or form
communities, as wholes. Methodological individualists criticize this
view as sociologistic, and, occasionally, psychologists view thinking
of this sort on the part of their sociological colleagues as peculiarly
unspecific. Proponents argue that anything less than gestaltic
thinking distorts the reality of groups, commits the fallacy of
misplaced concreteness,’° and is ultimately reductionist. A group is
a group is a group; its processes and changes are sui generis.
In cell 111 we confront the instant point of view. Clock-time, for
instance, is said to consist in the sum total of units measured. Thus
an hour is ‘‘really’”’ 60 minutes, a year 365 days, etc. For particalists,
analysis of change or process consists in measuring the number of
instants and charting what happens at each instant. The sympathy
between the particle view and the instant view becomes apparent
TimeForms 113
here, since at is a spatial referent. But where is an instant?
Nevertheless, sympathy is not identity, so that protaganists of the
instant persuasion may, with equal justice, chide the particle
advocate by asking “when is a particle?” The relativity enthusiast
confronts an instantist critique of the familiar E=mc? equation when
it is noted that a particle ‘‘at’”’ the velocity of light would have to
achieve infinite mass. Similarly the analyst of social change who
advocates an historical perspective is asked to note in his analysis of
change what the state of affairs was when he observed the problem
system.
In cell IV, we meet the proponent of the process point of view.
He is the most adamant critic of reductionism, whether of type I, II,
or III. He holds that the whole time of events, physical and/or social,
must be perceived in its entirety, He holds, with Heidegger,'* that
time is to man what water is to the fish, so that, if we abstract man
from his element, we court the danger of asphyxiating our analysis.
Like light, he reminds us, life takes time. If we make non-temporal
analysis, we will speak in artificialities. Just as we cannot hope to
understand (versteben) the drama if we merely conceive (begreifin)
of the separate scenes, so we must perceive man in his actual
enduring social process. Snapshots provide lifeless models for so
chronic a reality as man.
Critics of the processualist are quick to object that processes
actually consist of 1) particles, 2) gestalts, or 3) instants. To these
the processualist may respond with a superior grin. But he meets a
more constructive critic in the social scientist who says: “Well and
good. Whole processes are whole processes. But how shall we
understand them? Where do we mark off beginnings, middles, and
ends? How do we know how long a given process lasts, where one
leaves off and another begins? If you require that we reconceptualize
what we have heretofore regarded as events composed of parts, what
concepts shall we employ?”
These, in our view, are sage inquiries. We shall not affront our
critic by calling him a reactionary who demands a crystal ball as the
114. TimeForms
price of progress. How indeed shall we think processually? How shall
we measure change? Before presenting our views on these matters, let
us describe more explicitly one characteristic of the four-fold
paradigm presented above; it is cumulative. This we have attempted
to convey in our sequential enumeration. The simplest, and, we
believe, least helpful perspective for the social scientist’s analysis of
process is the particle view, depicted in cell I. Passing over the degree
of probability that we shall someday so integrate “Science” so that
we will have a continuum of perspectives ranging from Physics to
Anthropology, and from Geology to History, we hold that present
day social science has little to gain from an atomistic point of view
because it introduces far more complexity and sheer number than we
can presently handle. A similar remark applies to cells II and III (the
gestalt and the instant, respectively.) For no one is really interested
in charting, let us say, the history of American Culture, second by
second. And why stop there? The cesium clock given to us by
Professor Mossbauer will complicate seconds into billions of units per
second.’* One could carry the argument further by resort to logical
devices (borrowed from Zeno, et al. ).
It is the wiser course to proceed empirically. We must
investigate, by employment of tools now available, how, in fact, the
processes relevant to human actions have been understood by their
various participants and investigators.
We shall find, if I am not seriously in error, that the traditional
western conceptualization of time is a linear depiction, involving
past — present — future terminologies, and such variants as begin-
ning, now, and eventually; birth, life, death; thesis, antithesis,
synthesis; origin, process, recapitulation, and others.!3 In these
schemes, investigations of social processes are’ assumed to be
intelligible when referred to a linear metaphor, such that marking off
units of time of varying “‘lengths” are held to be meaningful. Thus
we say ‘‘a short time,” “‘a long time,” in a myriad of ways, whether
we call them seconds, days, months, years, light-years, or eons. It will
TimeForms 115
be perceived that these are reductionist since they employ a spatial
model. In assuming that time is two-dimensional (i.e. linear), we
make it impossible for phrases like ‘‘a hard time,” ‘‘an easy time,” “a
high time,” and/or ‘‘a low time” to make any but euphemistic sense.
Thus:
present
past pr future
Let us agree, since it exists, that this linearization of time is one
possible conceptualization. But let us not assume that this two-di-
mensional view is the only possible conceptualization of social
process. What if time may be viewed as 3 dimensional, or 4, or by
extension, n-dimensional, as the mathematicians say. In other words,
instead of charting experience on what we gratuitously assume to be
a two-dimensional graph, let us inquire how time is experienced in
various social situations. In this way, we can avoid forcing the views
of time that other cultures have made into our pre-conceived
framework, borrowed from an ethnocentric and outmoded physics.
(For example, the traditional Chinese view of time would not “fit”
our western paradigms at all.)'* In addition, by seeking a more
general view, we may regard such concepts as alienation, anomie, and
anxiety, which were plotted on a before and after linear model, as
genuine, but amenable to supplement.
By focusing on socially experienced time, we derive further
benefit by not assuming, as Newtonian physics was wont to assume,
that time is an absolute, a constant, proceeding at some unknowable
rate. If it ‘“‘takes’’ linear time to measure linear time, we shall remain
caught in a self-contradictory scientific agnosticism, unless we choose
another path. Such a path, we hold, comes into view when we focus
116 TimeForms
on socially experienced time. We may then, if we choose, investigate
how the assumption of two-dimensional physical time captured such
a prominent place in the halls of social speculation.
Experienced time is notoriously variable. Sometimes events
seem to last forever, so that we become impatient for change. A
boring play comes to mind as an example. “At” other times, events
seem to rush by at such great speed, that we wonder if we shall ever
“catch up” (e.g., the information explosion). Sometimes events are
so deliciously pleasant that we hardly notice the passage of time at
all (e.g. — sexual ecstacy). Sometimes we hurry, sometimes we
dawdle. Sometimess events are so fraught with meaning that we are
weighed down by them—we feel heavy, laden. These banal
illustrations serve to focus for us the variability of experienced time,
and the intellectual provincialism of charting such experiences
two-dimensionally.
Although we know that travelling at a constant velocity
produces no sensation of motion, we also know that alterations in
speed (acceleration, deceleration) are readily detectable. The adven-
tures of the astronauts have taught us that a measure of increase in
relative mass due to acceleration is called ““G,” and the reciprocal
measure of decrease due to deceleration is known as “negative G.”
We even know that there are upper “G’’ limits for humans, and that
some people can tolerate more “G”’ than others.
The social homologues of these phenomena, in our view, lie
behind the intuitions of alienation, anomie, and anxiety. Thus, when
the worker’s time is measured by a production schedule over which
he has no control, he is alienated from his “natural” time. When the
norms no longer or too suddenly define ‘“‘normality”, anomie
appears. When timeless fantasies urge gratifications more immedi-
ately than the ego can mediate, fixation, regression, or ‘‘free-float-
ing” anxiety may result. But these are lamentations concerned only
with “‘too slow” or ‘‘too fast,” that is, they employ linear time
models. Are there others?
TimeForms' 117
ACHRONY, SYNCHRONY, AND SOCIAL PROCESS
Since a large number of approaches is open to us,!5 we must
attempt brevity. Hypothesizing that social processes occur at various
rates, we shall first describe how people feel when caught in
circumstances of varying rates of behavior. We will then examine
some homological group phenomena, beginning with the familiar
linear model but varying rates ‘“‘along it.”” We may then inquire about
acceleration and deceleration along the familiar “arrow of
time” (customarily drawn as a vector, perhaps because time is
irreversible, or perhaps only because we believe it is). We shall then
look into other dimensions of time.
Thus, in life cycle terms, birth is beginning, although we know
that the infant does not perceive time as “directional.” Similarly,
death is an ending (although some hold it to be merely transitional).
Freud has taught us much about birth, death, and about fixation and
regression, linear temporal metaphors which suggest that the organ-
ism may “‘go on” while the psyche “gets stuck” or retrogresses. He
said little about those who race, whose feeling when the pace of
events exceeds their own is a compulsion to hurry. Sociologically, a
two-dimensional linear model has also been used to describe the
visionary, the chiliastic sect, the millenialist persuasion, and other
futurist orientations,!® their opposite numbers being described as
conservatives, reactionaries, contre-temps, or, in Thomas Mann’s
phase, ‘“‘children with their heads on backward.”!7 Those who have
been “left behind,” those who “‘lag,”’ “losers,” and a host of others
also receive their baptism here.
Since all men are born, pass through the age-statuses recognized
by their cultures, and die, we may say that relating to the processes
of social time is a cross-cultural necessity, and that every culture
organizes these passages of time in some way. But, lest we restrict
ourselves to the linearity we criticized above, let us recall our
question whether other temporal modes of experience are possible.
Thus, medieval thinkers were accustomed to turn their eyes
“upward” to heaven and “downward” to hell, two forms of
118 TimEeFormMs
eternity,)® the one blissful, the other horrendous. Law was said to
emanate from “on high,” and an institutionally prescribed ascetic
regimen was believed to liberate men from the coarse materiality of
terrestial cares and to merit peaceful salvations ‘‘above” and
“beyond” the sorrows of earth and its vale of tears. In our own age,
we hear these eternalist intonations in the “high” of the narcotic user
or in the pronouncements of the totalitarian state, which, claiming to
have fathomed the laws of history, and thus being “‘above”’ them,
arrogates the power and the right to direct the “destinies” of lesser
mortals. Indeed, the association of immortality with upward direc-
tionality was as familiar to the Greeks as to our Calvinist forebears.
Both located gods ‘“‘on high.”
Conversely, the insulted, the damned, the enslaved, and the
oppressed all ask to have their burdens lifted from them. The yoke of
tyranny is described as heavy. Those whose lives consist of endless
repetitions (cycles, rituals), whose hope of a better future has been
foreshortened, whose ‘‘downtrodden”’ plights seem without remedy,
are customarily described as suffering in the ‘‘depths” of despair. We
call the poor the “lower” class. Satan inhabits the “underworld.”
How to account for the genesis of these vertical metaphors? Let
us first relate them to the horizontal vector of time described above.
We arrive at a depiction which may be drawn like this:
above time
behind time ahead of time
below time
TimeForms 119
If we add one more dimension, designed to capture a
continuum of sensitivity to time, such that we may chart those who
are either sensitive to the feel of ‘“‘time’s flow,” or those who are
fairly dull with respect to it (and those in between), such that they
complain of its heaviness or exalt its lightness, we arrive at something
like this (imagine it to be 3 dimensional):
more sensitive
less sensitive
Adding Greek terms to the paradigm, referring to the root “chronos”
for time, we derive the following lexicon:
epichronic
hypochronic
we yP
anachronic metachronic:
synchrony
hyperchronic
catachronic
120 TimeForMs
We are now ready to describe more fully what each of these terms
are designed to convey.
Perhaps the most convenient beginning will be made if we note
that there are two perfectly respectable English words corresponding
to two of our categories, i.e., synchronize, and anachronism. By
anachronism we usually understand someone or something which
“time has left behind.”’
If we inquire now, as Murray and Erikson do,’? whether there
resides in each of us a sense of our rate of experience, it follows that
we may also sense variations in this rate. If for example, we say that
someone is falling behind in his work, we are referring to an
anachronistic rate of attainment. Such a statement is possible only
on the assumption that there is a rate of attainment which would
“keep up with” the rate of expectation. Although this is customarily
referred to as ‘“‘normalcy,” we prefer, for reasons which we hope will
soon become apparent, to designate that situation in which the rate
of attainment is in harmony with the rate of expectation by the
word “synchrony.” In the language of the hipster, he who is
synchronic is ‘“‘with it.” When “the time is out of joint,’?° we
observe achrony.?! Referring to the diagram above, synchrony is the
sphere whose diameters are equal. Achrony may be depicted as a
misshapen or asymmetric sphere.
How many forms of achrony are there? Although it seems at
first sight to be unusual, it is equally possible for someone to be
“ahead” of his expectations — to go faster than a “normal” rate of
process. The precocious child, the avant-garde painter, the bohemian
who feels the entire planet to be populated by reactionaries and
squares, are instances of what we call the metachronic orientation.
So is the person who must race headlong, all the time; he constantly
feels he must go faster than he can, as.if ‘‘time were running out.” He
may do this because he wants to decelerate his ‘falling behind” (to
prevent becoming an anachronism) by adopting a faster rate, which,
unfortunately, he then feels is too fast for comfort (a metachron-
TimeEForms 121
ism). “Sometimes it takes all the running one can do just to stay in
one place,” as Alice remarked in Wonderland. The rabbit who was
always rushing because he was late, late, late, also describes a
typically metachronic orientation.
Sociologically we may observe a metachronic process when, for
example, a goal is achieved before the participants are ready for it.
Sudden attainment of a position of increased responsibility qualifies
as a model frequently encountered im vivo by revolutionaries who
rise to find that the ship of state steers heavily now that they have
suddenly assumed the helm. Similarly, our interpretation of the
“delinquency” literature leads us to view as anachronistic the period
between biological and sociological pubescence. Were it not for the
fact that “legitimate” property and sex “rights” are conferred on
young people long after they are biologically ready to have them, we
would have no time known as “‘adolescence.” The time lag between
biological and sociological maturity which seems to accompany every
urbanization of a formerly agrarian culture is thus, in our view, an
anachronizing process for the young.”
Another illustration is. to be found in the predicament of the
technologically unemployed. We confront here a strange situation in
which millions of workers whose old skills are anachronisms can find
no work in an economic system which complains of a shortage of
metachronic technicians with new skills. This condition is as neatly
paradigmatic of wholesale achrony as we can imagine. The “econ-
omy” which metachronically creates new roles faster than it can fill
them serves also to illustrate the reciprocity between rushing and
lagging rates of social process.
While it would be possible to show that anachronizations may
occur anywhere along the continuum of the processes of individual
development which Erikson calls the life cycle, systematic elabora-
tion of the group process equivalent of these ideas must wait upon a
more elaborate formulation which will make it possible to study the
paces involved in group phases of development in their sequence and
continuity.” 3
122 TimeForms
The anachronic and metachronic orientations are, then, charac-
teristic ways of experiencing dyssynchronous rates of experience.
They may be used as reciprocal terms, since they are relational
concepts. Thus, someone who feels he is behind may rush, and
someone who is rushing may feel himself slowing down. Conversely,
someone who feels behind may experience relief by speeding up a
bit, and someone who feels himself hurtling may feel relief by
relaxing a bit. Somewhere between these extremes, people sometimes
feel that their rates are comfortable, that they are ‘“‘doing alright,”
“making it,” “‘groovin’.”’*4 This horizontal aspect of the paradigm is
familiar enough, capturing the linear model to which we have been
accustomed. Our terms are the simplest we can devise to focus on
rate variations.
The epichronic situation and its reciprocate, the catachronic,
refer to feelings of being “above’’ or “below” a given social process.
Although we often say that distance may be comfortable (in the face
of danger) or uncomforable (when “far” from a desirable outcome),
we sometimes say that ‘“‘rising above” a painful situation will alleviate
its stressful implications. Thus the ‘‘buzzing blooming confusions” of
too complicated a set of roles may take on meaning when seen from
(high) above. Although we know that details are often lost in this
stance and that pattern is achieved only at the cost of variety and
richness, we argue that when pattern is sought, detail must be
sacrificed. That will be the view of the epichronic person who tries to
rise politically above the bewildering chaos of memberships too
complicated for his comfort. He may pronounce that nothing really
changes, that all action is illusion, or that cycle and repetition are the
co-monarchs of true reality. He may even deny that time is real at all,
by erecting unchanging, inflexible dogmas which are true “for all
time” over which he now feels the master. Parmenides comes to
mind, or the early Plato of the “eternal” forms. Mercia Eliade’s
works are especially valuable in this context. Mysticism (of one kind)
serves as another illustration of the epichronic attempt to alleviate
the slings and arrows of outrageous process by climbing into a
timeless realm where eternal order reigns. Paranoia (of one kind)
serves as another.
TimeForms§ 123
Socially, we observe the epichronic stance in the application of
power to what the powerful regard as a threatening situation. Martial
law is its most obvious incarnation, the denial of civil liberties a less
obvious but perhaps more insidious replication. The ‘majority”
which imposes its will on “minorities” is a familiar case in point, as is
Marx’s analysis of the refusal of the capitalists to distribute the
rewards of a new mode of production as rapidly as they accumulate.
Injustices have never been difficult to catalogue; instances of power,
the reciprocate of oppression, are no more difficult to compile.
Recondite analysis of power, however, is another question.?*5 We
focus here on that frequently noted situation in which those who
oppress are angrily envied by those they oppress, a phenomenon
which Anna Freud has named “identification with the aggressor.” It
is not entirely dissimilar to Hegels’ analysis of the master-slave
antinomy. Others have pointed out that relationships of this sort
may also be in evidence in intergenerational conflicts.” °
The catachronic is not so fortunate. He feels that the process of
events which constitute his situation are too heavy to be altered by
his poor strengths. He is depressed. He feels that ‘“‘time hangs heavy
on his hands,” that life is unjust and unfair. Regulations and edicts,
whether official or informal, weigh him down. He is a creature of the
depths, insulted, injured, damned. The decisions which effect events
are made by those “above” him, but the climb up to that level is too
arduous for him. He may despair, sinking lower and lower, possibly
into suicide. A milder catachronic will sing “low down” blues.
Just as we see a reciprocity between the anachronic and the
metachronic, who seem sometimes to shuttle back and forth along
their continuum, so we may observe a reciprocity between the
epichronic and the catachronic. Frequently, one who feels himself to
be living catachronically will seek release from his depthful prison.
Narcotics will turn off feelings of catachrony and transport the user
almost magically into an epichronic realm where time moves so
slowly (if at all) that the feeling of being “down under” is almost
instantly replaced by a feeling of “being high.”?” Alternatively, the
124 TimeEForMS
catachronic may sink into a self-defeating hedonism where every
impulse is given free reign. Durkheim’s egoistic suicide is homologi-
cal — his altruist resembles our epichronist in that he may feel the
ultimate values to be more valuable than his own life, justifying his
martyrdom. Joan of Arc comes to mind. For the epichronic, time
should move very slowly if at all. For the catachronic, it moves too
slowly, if at all. The former wants order, the latter escape.
Durkheim’s ‘“‘fatalistic’”’ suicide is similarly homological to the
“fatalism” of the catachronic orientation. Thus, when we asked
Oscar Lewis why it seemed to him that the bearers of “culture of
poverty”’ always seemed hopeless and resigned, without viable plans
of action, he replied that it was because they knew ‘“‘damn well there
was little they could do” about the inequitable allocation of the
world’s good things.?® Similarly, the low castes, wherever and
whenever observed, have traditionally been described as people who
do not regard time as benevolent. Among the untouchables of India,
time is a ‘‘tooth” which tears away at the flesh of life. Albert
Cohen?® described the lower class time orientation of the delinquent
as immediate and hedonistic, in contrast to the middle class boy who
learns to postpone present gratifications, in the hope of more and
better gratifications “‘in the future.”
We turn now to our third axis, the continuum of sensitivity.
Here we enter unchartered regions, involving such unknowns as
temporal threshholds, rate tolerances, affective sensibilities and
insensibilities. Why are some of us more sensitive to time’s passage
than others? Why do some of us feel speed to be exhilerating while
others abhor it. Some drive a car at a steady pace, comfortably
within the speed limit for hours on end, while others enjoy speeding;
the temporally timid and the rate rebel, as it were. Why?
Although these are presently imponderables, we include them
for several reasons: 1. we recognize these phenomena repeatedly
albeit crudely, 2. we have devised an experimental technique for
their investigation, 3. they tantalize our theoretical appetite.
TimeForms 125
Certain questions which we cannot at present even ask
intelligently (ramifications of point 3 above) motivate us to attempt
the construction of a bridge from feelings about rate-of-behavior
phenomena to the sociological circumstances which generate them.
For example, imagine an era in which the pace of social change is
said to be great (i.e., our own). Imagine further, two populations,
one of hyperchronics (i.e., people very sensitive to change) and one
of hypochronics (i.e., people not particularly bothered by the
rapidity of events). Will the hyperchronics become more catachronic
sooner? Will the hypochronics “adjust” more easily, becoming
willing compulsives in the “‘rat race” for success? We do not at the
present know the answers to these questions, nor even whether these
are intelligent questions.
Nevertheless, before passing on to the attempts we are making
to investigate these phenomena experimentally, three further aspects
of the achrony-synchrony paradigm require elaboration. The first is
the relation of achrony and synchrony to the general issue of affect
and emotionality; the second is the relation of our paradigm to the
general issue of dialectical thought; the third is the extent to which
the paradigm described above rests on an assumption of uniform
acceleration and/or deceleration. That is, we have discussed so far
only those aspects of temporal behavior which either increase or
decrease at a constant rate of increase or decrease. Before we enter
into a discussion of such temporal phenomena as experience which is
taking place at a decreasing rate of increase; or conversely, at an
increasing rate of decrease (and other such phenomena), let us
consider the question of dialectical time.
ON DIALECTICAL TIME???
A. Thesis:
Freud wrote:
There is nothing in the id that corresponds to the idea of time;
there is no recognition of the passage of time, and — a thing
126 TirmeForms
that is most remarkable and awaits consideration in philosophi-
cal thought — no alteration in its mental processes produced by
the passage of time. Wishful impulses which have never passed
beyond the id, but impressions too, which have been sunk into
the id by repression, are virtually immortal; after the passage of
decades they behave as if they had just occurred. They can only
be recognized as belonging to the past, can only lose their
importance and be deprived of their cathexis of energy, when
they have been made conscious by the work of analysis, and it
is on this that the therapeutic effect of analytic treatment rests
to no small extent.
Again and again, I have had the impression that we have made
too little theoretical use of the fact, established beyond doubt,
of the unalterability by time of the repressed. This seems to
offer an approach to the most profound discoveries. Nor have I
myself made any progress here.?!
Marcuse accepted the gauntlet thrown down by Freud in the
foregoing passage, but it was his genius to perceive that the couch
was not and could not be an adequate instrumennt to deal with what
he called ‘‘surplus repression:” that is, the extent to which cultures
engender far more repression by political oppression than the
amount he felt to be minimally necessary. Attempting to forge a
synthesis between a Marxian analysis of society and a Freudian
analysis of civilization, Marcuse addressed himself to the issue of
time in the last five pages of his Eros and Civilization.** There he
writes that:
... Death is the final negativity of time, but ‘joy wants
eternity.’ Timelessness is the ideal of pleasure. Time has no
power over the id, the original domain of the pleasure
principle. But the ego, through which alone pleasure
becomes real, is in its entirety subject to time. The mere
anticipation of the inevitable end, present in every
instant, introduces a repressive element into all libidinal
TimEForms 127
relations and renders pleasure itself painful. This primary
frustration in the instinctual structure of man becomes the
inexhaustible source of all other frustrations — and of their
social effectiveness. Man learns that ‘it cannot last
anyway,’ that every pleasure is short, that for all finite
things the hour of their birth is the hour of their
death — that it couldn’t be otherwise. He is resigned before
society forces him to practice resignation methodically.
The flux of time is society’s most natural ally in
maintaining law and order, conformity, and the institu-
tions that relegate freedom to a perpetual utopia; the flux
of time helps men to forget what was and what can be: it
makes them oblivious to the better past and the better
future.
This ability to forget — itself the result of a long and
terrible education by experience — is an indispensable
requirement of mental and physical hygiene without which
civilized life would be unbearable; but it is also the mental
faculty which sustains submissiveness and renunciation. To
forget is also to forgive what should not be forgiven if
justice and freedom are to prevail. Such forgiveness
reproduces the conditions which reproduce injustice and
enslavement: to forget past suffering is to forgive the
forces that caused it — without defeating these forces. The
wounds that heal in time are also the wounds that contain
the poison. Against this surrender to time, the restoration
of remembrance to its rights, as a vehicle of liberation, is
one of the noblest tasks of thought.
This magnificent passage nonetheless leaves us with a question: “How
shall we re-member?”’ (the pun is deliberate).
Freud and Marcuse are united in giving central importance to
the notion of time in the task of liberation. To Freud’s relatively
bourgeois program, Marcuse, a “left Freudian,” adds the social-poli-
tical dimension. But Freud and Marcuse are also united more in
128 TimeFormMs
depicting the plight of the repressed, than in the definition of
political prescriptions. They whet our appetite for exploration.
Insofar as he is inspired and provoked by Marx, we may say that
Marcuse is not only a left Freudian, but also a “left Hegelian.”’ But
even the “right Hegelians’” (e.g., Kierkegaard and many of the
existentialists) did not fail to see that insight into temporal process
was central to their concerns as well. Heidegger’s Sein und Zeit?® is
illustrative. It falls short in my view, because, though it stresses that
time lies at the root of all consciousness, it construes time in a
hopelessly naive linearism, and restricts its attention unnecessarily to
what I shall later characterize as “‘mere becoming,” thus effectively
precluding attention to the possibilities of what I shall call
“transcendent becoming,” i.e., liberation.
The intimate connection between anguish, the existentialist
notion of pathos, and linear temporality, is not merely intimate but
necessary, because anguish results whenever temporal experience is
politically linearized. That is, whenever a society insists that the only
viable choice is a millenialist utopia or a contemporary “‘ek-stasis,”’ it
does so by oppressively constricting temporal experience to one
dimension. Indeed, Marcuse’s One Dimensional Man?* reveals the
poverty of this thesis.
The situation is no better when we turn to a group I will call the
middle Hegelians, i.e., the advocates, disciples, and students of
Husserl’s phenomenology (among the principal figures here I would
include Albert Schutz, Maurice Natanson, and others).?* Phenomer-
ologists of this sort?® accomplish a valuable inventory of the
contents and processes of consciousness, but in so doing, it seems to
me, they begin with the temporally fragmented structure of
consciousness when it would be preferable to account for it, both
genetically and epidemiologically, tasks which too often fall outside
of their charted domains.
Nor may we expect promising fulfillment from the “genetic
epistemologists,” among whom we must of course name Piaget as the
TimeForms 129
most talented investigator. Piaget’s work on the genesis of the
concept of time*’ demonstrates, with the pungent clarity we have
come to expect from him, that the notion of time, contrary to
Bergson and the phenomenologists, is not ‘an immediate datum of
consciousness;”°*® that, for his youthful subjects, there are in fact
four distinct steps through which contemporary western children go
at various ages before they arrive at the notion of time with which
the phenomenologists begin. Piaget’s subjects distinguished: (1)
events of arrival; (2) events both of arrival and of departure; (3)
distance traversed by moving figures; and (4) measure of the distance
between moving figures. Piaget is able to conclude from these and
similar experiments by his colleague Paul Fraisse?? that the notions
of temporal succession, temporal order, temporal duration, and
temporal velocity are initially distinct and subsequently miscible
notions.
Nor have clinical enquiries into the pathology of the “time
sense” been lacking. The Dutch psychiatrist, Meerloo, has summar-
ized this literature*® for us. His review catalogues the extent to
which the allegedly normal time sense in western subjects may
disintegrate into weird mixtures of the elements described by Piaget
and into other strange temporal compositions. However, neither
Meerloo nor Piaget examine or take into account the extent to which
the pathologies of the time sense derive from political oppression
and/or ‘“‘psychological” repression. Indeed, this failing is as often
encountered among the phenomenologists, as among experimental
and clinical investigators.* *
No such defect characterizes the recent work of Jean-Paul
Sartre, whose preface to his Critique de la Raison Dialectique has
appeared as ‘Search for a Method.’*? I will not summarize this
well-known work since a curt summary could not do justice to its
bold and promising character. Suffice it here to say that in it, Sartre
attempts to unite and synthesize, and then to go beyond the
dialectical heritage of Hegel and Marx, the phenomenological
heritage of Heidegger and Husserl, the psychoanalytic heritage of
Freud and the new Freudians, and even to carry forward his own
130 TimeEForMs
“existential manifesto.” He does so by giving centrality to the notion
of “project,” which goes beyond the Hegelian notion of process in
that it is a call to action, and not merely a call to vision. He accepts,
it seems to me, Marx’s critique of the Hegelians that the task of
philosophy is not to understand the world, but to transform it. He
insists that no middling compromise can be reached between the
determinations which social forms impose on consciousness, and the
character of freedom which his existentialism proudly defends.
I have passed in review the thoughts of the foregoing men to
underscore the fact that these leading theoreticians to whom we look
for guiding vision, without exception, have focused their principal
energies on the notion of temporal experience, and yet none has
produced a major tract on the subject. In the paragraphs that follow,
I suggest some considerations which seem requisite for a beginning —
notes, as it were, toward a new epistemology of experienced
process.
B. Antithesis:
Freud, Marcuse, Heidegger, and Sartre, not to mention Hegel
and Marx, did not fail to allude to “the divine Plato,” as Freud calls
him. They were not unfamiliar with Plato’s epistemology which,
unfortunately, is far too often accepted as sufficiently well-expressed
in the famous allegory of the cave. Sartre somewhere (I think in
“Anti-Semite and Jew’) tells the charming tale of a young French
student, rushing excitedly to his Professeur, asking eagerly, ‘‘Profes-
seur, Professeur, have you read Monsieur Freud?” whereupon the old
man peers above his spectacles and gently informs the budding
metaphysician (approximately): ‘My son — the better part of Freud
you will find chez Platon.”
And yet, those who go to Plato’s Republic for the final
statement of his epistemology will commit a grievous error in
scholarship by failing to study a work which Plato wrote nearly forty
years after he wrote the Republic, i.e., his Timaios. Elsewhere, I have
shown*® that the epistemology of The Republic was replaced by the
sociology of the Timaios, in which the pun on re-membering, to
TimeForms 131
which we alluded previously, receives Plato’s customarily magnificent
allegorical depiction.
Plato is at great pains in this work to distinguish mere
becoming — the incessant repetition of what went before — from
another sort of becoming, in which time serves not merely as the line
on which repetition is plotted, but as the mediation by which both
memory and society have their being, such that time trans-forms
Ideas into realities, which thus become members of the real forms of
being. Analogously, time transforms memories into vital social
membership. In more classical language, it is Logos that transforms
Ananke into Eros. (We will not here discuss the multilation this
allegory suffered at the hands of Christian theologists.)
Nor can I emphasize strongly enough the complete error of
those interpretations of Plato which impute to him the view that the
temporal world here below is merely a copy of the eternal,
changeless realm above. This view is expressed in The Republic, but
is abandoned and replaced in the Timaios by the view that time
transforms mere succession into genuine growth and creativity; in
other words, that time is the negation of mere becoming.
What does this mean? It means, in brutal summary, that if we
do nothing to change them, things will go on as before; that there is
an inertial death (Ananke) in the affairs of men which conspires to
keep things as before; and that mere succession holds no promise of
change (Logos). And, yet, where we would expect Plato to write that
bold imagination paints a future whose compelling beauty pulls us
forward into transormative action, we find, on the contrary, that in
the Timaios Plato finds the motive for action vot in a naive futurism,
but in the vital re-membrance of the past. This is not the reactionary
nostalgia so many of his positivist commentators have imputed to
him,** because those who remember (re-member) that time and time
again, the change whose consummation they devoutly wished did not
come about, dooming them to thé sterile repetition again and again
of forms of behavior which led nowhere, will not be emboldened by
the forecast of another repetition. As long as the time of memory is
construed as a linear time, events which succeed prior events cannot
132 TimeForms
be novel; cannot be new; cannot hold the promise of genuine change.
It is only when men refuse to repeat what they remember all too
bitterly has already occurred, that they “rise above” the one-dimen-
sionality of linear time.
We may illustrate the foregoing with a geometric metaphor,
more congenial perhaps to Pythagoras than to Plato. Imagine, if you
will, a pencil, moving along a straight line (the familiar “arrow of
time”). There is no way for the pencil to include in its movement
prior points along the line, as long as the pencil remains on the line.
For the successive points on the line to be comprehended (i.e.,
co-present), it is necessary that we move from one dimension to two,
from the line, that is, to the plane. Similarly, to go beyond a merely
flat planar surface, all the points on the plane may only be
comprehended by adding another dimension, the solid. This much
was familiar even to Euclid. It remained for Einstein to show that the
three dimensions of the solid may only be transcended in the fourth
dimension of time.
Let us translate this geometry into political language. When the
laws of an era dictate that the shoemaker must stick to his last, the
shoemaker is doomed to the repetitious monotony of performing
again and again his act of making shoes. Should he remember that his
wish to move beyond what he has already done so many times
before, has, so many times before, been prevented by the law, which
restricts him to the obdurate repetition of his activity, he may seek
recourse to one of two illusory releases: the one, a post-historical
heaven in which all injustices will be rectified; or, a contemporaneous
“ek-stasis” in which he rises illusorily above his present, only to find
himself sole occupant of an empty mysticism. From his prison of
incessant repetition, he seeks release either in a post-temporal
illusion, or in a transtemporal (epichronic) escape. We should not be
surprised to find that it is often the same law which compresses his
temporality which is at the same time the staunchest advocate of his
post- and trans-temporal illusions, i.e., religion.
TrmEForms 133
It is not without bearing to note that the cobbler’s attempt to
“rise above” the compressed time perspective which his repetitive
work inflicts on him leads him to the image of a vertical time
dimension, as it should. The sadness of the cobbler’s plight is not his
imagination of the vertical dimension. This is valid. But no
transcendence comes from an illusory attainment of a dimension of
time which rises genuinely above mere compressed linearity.
But even Plato does not tell us why some shoemakers refuse to
stick to their lasts when their memories inform them that they have
never done anything else, and why others do not protest at all. This
question, in my view, is absolutely central to the critique of
dialectical consciousness, because we cannot be satisfied with
insisting that vertical time has value if we do not distinguish when it
is illusory from when it is real. We must pass beyond bland assertion
that there are kinds of time, that linear time is alienated time, that
vertical time is the dimension in which genuine protest occurs. We
must enquire not only why some protest, but when.
We may begin our enquiry by focusing on an aspect of time
which has unfortunately received more attention by the physicists
than by philosophers, the notion of rate of time. Just as Hegel and
Marx wrote of the transformation of quantity into quality, so we
may explore the transformation of succession into transcendence by
enquiring whether an experience is the same when it occurs at
different rates. For example, is anger anger when it is sudden and
intense, or does anger become violence under these circumstances? Is
the industrialization which the United States accomplished in a
hundred years comparable to the 50 year industrialization of Russia?
The 15 year industrialization of China? Or are these experiences
quite different — (one is tempted to say essentially different) because
they occur at differing rates? When Marx’s proletarian sells his time
per hour in completely repeatable units, is his oppression identical to
that of the computer-programmer who processes billions of bits of
identical information per second? Is the civil rights activist who
demands power now no different than the gradualist, who counsels
patience, even though both enlist their efforts in the same cause?
134. TimeForms
We think not. Nor is the death of thousands of unknown
soldiers in the war between Athens and Sparta the same as the death
of thousands of unremembered Japanese in one hour at Hiroshima.
For death is not dying — death, if it be more than a concept, simply
occurs, but dying is a process which takes time, as do oppression and
liberation. Just as oppression prevents dialectical transformation by
compressing experience into monotony, so does a liberating dialectic
require a different kind of time, “vertical time.”
If vertical time exists, the beginning of an answer to our
question “When do some revolt and others submit?” now begins to
emerge. Revolt occurs not simply when oppression exists, but when
hope increases and, ‘“‘at’’ the same time, the rate of oppression
mounts, such that even post-temporal illusory hopes are dashed.
When people begin to sense that the very pace of their oppression is
so rapid that it exceeds the pace of their hope for transcendence,
such that their efforts at change will be outpaced, when even their
illusory hopes become untenable.
This kind of sensitivity is exquisitely delicate. It resembles the
perception of a man about to be toppled by winds of gale force, who
in one moment will lean forward ever so slightly to brace himself for
the next onslaught; and in the next moment, bend a little to deflect
the head-on force he faces. Unlike the fly who pounds again and
again against the window pane, a man remembers and comprehends
the last rush of wind in his attempt to face the next one. So to speak,
he negates the mere pastness by creating a new effort in which the
meaning of the past is dialectically transformed. The name of this
quality is courage, without which time merely buries memory — with
it, memory may be transformed into vision.
Simply stated, then, we must learn to see not only that
enforced repetition is lifeless and mechanical, but that the negation
of mere repetition is provoked when the rate discrepancy between
repetition and transcendence (losing and gaining) becomes impos-
sibly oppressive. Yet we must move into a new dimension of
temporality in our efforts to transform mere repetition, since
TimeForms 135
otherwise we leave behind the angry memory of mere repetition on
which bold imagination feeds.
Freud was not unaware of this. Does he not portray the
compulsion to repeat as due to the “inability” of the repressed to
enter consciousness, i.e., to enter real time?
Conflict theorists will be quick to point out that such a
portrayal of courage would be an exercise in romantic existentialism,
if the time dimensions discussed pertained only to an asocial
experience. ‘‘What,”’ they will ask, ‘have you to say when, from the
halls of leisure, the lawmakers send an edict that the oppressed will
be disloyal if they do not continue as before?” The point of this
objection may be re-phrased in the following way: When, from their
position of pseudo-eternal power in vertical time, masters insist that
slaves remain on the line — that it is in the nature of slaves not to
transcend — we begin to see that the shaping of temporal experience
is the central instrument of political oppression.
Let us take two contemporary examples: the drug subculture in
the United States and the Red Guards in China. It is well-known that
the most terrible rates of drug addiction in the United States are to
be found in the inner ghettos of its huge cities, and that to the extent
that addiction is prevalent, to the same extent need little violence be
feared. It is as if narcotics anesthetized violence for those whose
oppression is nearly complete, since not merely generations of
poverty have been inflicted on the residents of these areas, but in
fact there has come into being a whole culture of alienation which
oppresses them faster than ever. As Laing has written:
From my own clinical practice, I have had the impression
on a number of occasions that the use of heroin might be
forestalling a schizophrenic-like psychosis. For some
people, heroin seems to enable them to step from the
whirling periphery of the gyroscope, as it were, nearer to
the still centre within themselves.*
136 TimeForms
We might pose a question here of the following sort: If the gyroscope
is whirling so rapidly that those in the periphery of its arms will be
thrown off with centrifugal force, perhaps heroin creates a tenr
porary feeling of temporal stillness. But the poverty of this sort of
temporality lies exactly in its short-lived “temporary” duration.
The pitiful attempts to reduce the incidence of addiction by
temporizing with offers of equal opportunity for monotonous
degrading work emerges in this connection for what it is — an
attempt on the part of the establishment to preserve the status quo
by tossing a few bones to the mad dogs without altering one whit the
barbarous cages in which they are forced to live. Addiction in
America is overwhelmingly the condition of black adolescent males.
It subsists in a hugely lucrative market situation which not only
prescribes but asks the victims to pay for a temporizing peace above
and beyond a faltering civilization.
The same may not be said of the Red Guards, who cannot be
accused of attempting to retreat into an epichronic illusion. They
were not prevented from efforts to participate politically in their
society. But we must ponder two questions: 1. Shall we endorse
their “violence”? 2. Is their vision of a post-contemporary China
illusory in any degree, ie., do they, like the early Christians, seek
heaven forever after?
In both cases we confront an intergenerational stratification
wherein age, not production, becomes the stratifying criterion. It is
by now a commonplace to observe that teenagers the world over are
resorting to one or another of the strategies cited above: some resort
to revolution, others resort to anaesthetic drugs. This is because the
rate of change of their civilization now exceeds the rate at which
they are socialized. They, like he who faces into the winds of change,
perceive exquisitely that the styles of becoming which gave birth to
their growing personalities are out of synchrony with the world they
must experience. They perceive, in short, that they are required to
repeat forms of life which are outmoded, i.e., dead.
TimeForms 1387
In all of the illustrations presented above, we may observe the
phenomenon of rate discrepancy. In each of them, a group has
arrogated to itself the pseudo-eternal right to decide which kinds of
time belong to whom. But we must question the banality of the
perspective which says that slow anger is tolerable, but quick
violence is not; that gradual industrialization is democratic but rapid
industrialization is totalitarian; that civil rights will gradually be
achieved, but not now. We may also see that some drugs serve only
too well to anesthetize the violence of bourgeois values; and we must
ponder whether there are alternatives to the forms of violence which
seem necessarily to accompany full political participation.
Perhaps an interim summary of this doctrine which holds that
rate discrepancies constitute a new form of oppression, to which we
have given the name acbhrony, is in order. It might read approximate-
ly as follows: We have a sense of rate in our experience which derives
equally from vital memory and imaginative vision. When the pace of
experience gains on hopes for transformative and vital change, men
see genuine goals and bend their labours toward them. When,
however, men perceive the rate of receding visions to exceed the
rates of their own powers, they are tempted either to revolution or
to despair. The fine line between those who protest and those who
submit must be drawn not along a path of mere becoming, but must
be envisioned in a time context in which the different kinds and
dimensions of time are fully drawn. Persons, institutions, genera-
tions — indeed, whole cultures may torture themselves and each
other by failing to attend, not merely to dialectical alternatives, but
to the rates at which dialectical transformations must exceed the
rates of anti-dialectical temporal compressions.
If anxiety demands too much time between the impulse and the
gratification; if blind alienation prevents dialectical growth; if
anguish describes the impossibility of ‘‘ek-stasis;’ then achrony
depicts the destruction of the sense of lived process. Synchrony —
“being with it’ —is the experience of dialectical growth, of
contemporal transcendence.
138 TrmmeFormMs
C. Synthesis:
We may begin to account now for Freud’s admitted lack of
“progress” when confronted with the issue of time. His was a linear
perspective. And yet, in his paper, “On Negation,’*® he made
unknowing headway into the field he thought had baffled him.
Similarly, despite his courage in attempting to forge a dialectical
Freud on the anvil of Marxian insight, Marcuse has not yet explicitly
focused his dialectical genius on a theory of time.
The existentialists rightly wish to rescue human freedom from
the linear determinations of a mechanical causality, but in viewing all
time as linear and mechanical they were able to preserve a kind of
freedom only at the expense of dialectical thought. The genetic
epistemologists achieve a richness of descriptive power no less vivid
than the phenomenologists, but since both define their spheres in
large measure apolitically, they build a certain irrelevance into their
work.
These are not the faults of Sartre’s work. Sartre insists that the
projects in which men engage be defined in terms of present
memories and present goals which are determined by personal and
social pastness as well as personal and social futurity — not by a
transtemp oral (ecstatic) mysticism, nor by a post-temporal (millenial-
ist) illusion. For Sartre as for Marx, the automatic dialectic they
attribute to the Hegelian Absolute is false and untenable. Without
vital membership in a project-class, history cannot be enacted, nor
can the polis be transformed. These, he rightly insists, are the sine
qua non of liberation. Unlike those scholars who claim that we must
see what is to be done before we do what must be done, Sartre
rightly reveals that we cannot see what must be done until we begin
to do what must be done.
With the utmost respect for the dignity with which Sartre has
assumed the burden of creating the critique of dialectical reason, |
suggest that it will be necessary, if his critique is to enjoy theoretical
viability, for him to include a critique of non-dialectical time. That
TimeForms 139
is, a hard and courageous attempt must be made to liberate ourselves
from the outmoded Western conception that (political) life takes
place only in linear chronological time. We must insist that the
dimensions of time may be even more numerous and far more rich
than the customary depiction of three dimensions of space. We must
cease borrowing from bankrupt physicalist philosophies which
assume that time is exhausted by the naming of the past, present,
and future. We must allow ourselves to be stimulated and provoked
by the possibilities of intergalactic voyages which must, somehow,
transcend the speed of light (which I, for one, resent). It may be
impossible for an electron to be other than it is “at” any given
instant. It is not impossible for a man. Nor, for that matter, for a
positron.”
Men transcend mere succession when they remember their
membership in political classes whose traditions they transform in
political projects. It does not suffice mechanically to dogmatize that
political events consist of a thesis, an antithesis, and a synthesis. It is
now more than ever apparent that the concept of time, which Hegel
first inserted into Aristotle’s principle of contradiction in a gigantic
intellectual leap spanning two thousand years of historical time, must
be carried forward another step. For Aristotle, a thing could not
both be and not be at the same time. For Hegel, since things both are
and are not, they could not simply be ‘‘at” the same time. Marx, like
Plato, saw being as historical challenge. Sartre sees being as historical
projects. We must begin to fashion a perspective which reveals not
merely the necessity to negate mere succession, but to seize power
over the rates at which liberations must come about.
Sartre pronounced that existence must precede essence, lest
freedom be an absurdity. We must learn to assert that recurrence
precedes occurrence; that both remembering and imagination nourish
action; that membership is liberating; and that those who demand
that we participate too slowly, oppress us.
VERTICAL TIME* ®
But does “vertical time” exist? What do the phrases “the
140 TimeForms
vertical dimension of time” and “vertical time’’ mean? The sugges-
tion is that Westerners who can snuggle comfortably in the view that
space “‘has” three dimensions (line, plane, and sphere) should try to
conceive the possibility that time, like space, may have more
dimensions than the two which define it as a line. (Past, present, and
future are points o7 the line.)
Let us focus.now on the experience of the vertical dimension,
and attempt to depict how it is inherently dialectical. It lies in the
very heart of that process we call “generalization” to array a large
number of common “instances” under one idea, to which we
commonly affix a name, which labels it as the class, or set, of all such
objects. We usually perform this magic on classes of objects we can
see, visually, and for similar reasons, have come to believe that only
visible objects lend themselves to the process of generalization. And,
since time is something we don’t see, visually, we have come to
believe that it is not a member of the class of generalizeable objects.
But this is false, as the astronauts of more than one nation
continue to visibly demonstrate. Their trips are vivid proof that a
very substantial theory of temporal generalizations does in fact exist.
And, as has been argued elsewhere,*® the LSD trips of those
astronauts of inner space we call ‘“‘heads”’ also provide us with proof
that times too are experientially generalizeable, that tripping is an
experience of temporal generalization, in which the exponents of
time, or rates of temporal change, and not simply mechanical
succession, are deliberately enjoyed for their own sake. Heads who
manage to trip successfully and without discernible damage, are
perfectly comfortable with shifting rates of joy. Indeed the more rate
changes one enjoys, the better the trip. This is so because acid, for
‘theads,”’ seems to confer the mysterious ability to expand the
apperception of time, such that, when you have more time to enjoy
what you're into, you enjoy it for a longer time.* °
TimeForms 141
To put it another way — if you experience your experience
occurring at a slower rate than your wristwatch, you will feel like
you have more time to spend on each experience. However, you
aren’t experiencing slower than your wristwatch. In fact, you’re
processing more information than usual (for example, your eyes are
dilated, letting more light in). Thus, while it helps a little to say that
it feels like you’re going slow and your watch is going fast, it is more
accurate to say, as heads do, that you’re “high”, as in a higher level
of generalization. Another metaphor describing the high is this:
imagine walking on your knees, underwater about four feet deep,
then standing up into the fresh air and blue sky. Now imagine that
the water is clock time, (or, as Heidigger called it, Das Element) and
that time is to us what water is to a fish. Now ask yourself — what is
this fresh air and blue sky above? It must be another kind of
temporal experience. One which generalizes clock time, hence both
transcends and illumines it, as a generalization illumines a particular.
Clock time is seen as only one of the kinds of temporal experience
you can have when you become aware of other kinds.
But how is this possible? Isn’t there only one kind of time, the
succession of one moment after another, that is, what Bergson called
duration? Perhaps the physicists are the right people to answer this
question. But be prepared even there for a surprising answer, since
some physicists are now accustoming themselves to the idea that
time is not an invariant, and that not all fundamental qualities (e.g.,
the positron) are, as they say, anisotropic,** or one directional. And
it just may be that there are otber kinds of time if we but knew how
to look for them.
But, whatever the physicists find, theoretical and clinical
scientists do not have to pore over abstruse mathematical equations
to become aware of an experience in themselves and in their
constituency of a very common experience, namely, that some-
times(!) experience seems to drag, so that minutes seem like hours,
and, ‘‘at” other times, experience is so joyful that hours seem like
minutes.
142 TimeForms
What I am asking you to imagine, if you have not had a
psychedelic experience, is a region of consciousness in which time
becomes so elastic that both expanding and contracting time become
only two of the qualities of another whole region of temporal
experience. In addition, I not only ask you to imagine it, but I
suggest that the experience of this region is absolutely commonplace,
a common characteristic of every day life.
To understand this, you have but to reflect that a generaliza-
tion, amy generalization, consists of arbitrarily drawing an imaginary
temporal parenthesis around a number of remembered experiences
you have had before, so that you say, in effect, these are all kind
“A” and all the rest are kind “‘not A.” That is, as Hegel noted long
ago, negation is constitutive of assertion. You must say this is one of
these and not those in order to say this is this. You must, as Plato
noted long before Hegel, re-cognize in order to cognize at all.
Dialectical theorists are wholly familiar with this line of
reasoning, which was sufficient unto the task of describing how we
generalize as long as the world moved by at a relatively slow and
manageable pace. In such a world, the frequency with which a
number of A’s came by was relatively comfortable, and one was
under no special press to construct categories to subsume all such
A’s. Recall that Aristotle constructed a metaphysic in which 10
categories subsumed the entire cosmos.
But now, when the pace at which new A’s enter experience is so
fast and furious that we must become specialists in order to manage
ever smaller quadrants of daily life, the situation is almost totally
different. Marx described an industrial revolution that took a
hundred years to elapse. We now process experience via computer-
ized machines that change the nature of the environment every ten
years.
And heads devise environments in which a dozen movies, 2
dozen symphonies and a dozen Kaleidoscopic strobe lights barrage
TimeForms 143
their consciousness with sensations as awesome in number and kind
as the birth of a galaxy billions of light years in “‘size.’’
Confronted by a rate of experience of such stupendous (or
mind blowing) complexity, the human kind must attempt to
re-cognize faster than ever before. To do so requires wholly new
kinds of generalizations. Therefore, we should not be surprised that
many people in diverse regions of society have begun to move
beyond generalizing only visible objects, by attempting to generalize
(invisible) times. Many are beginning to learn how to have such
experiences comfortably and joyfully because they know that just as
duration generalizes rest, as velocity generalizes duration, as accelera-
tion generalizes velocity, so there are other kinds of temporal
experience which have as their particulars, changes in the rate of
. change. They confirm William James’ view that there are regions of
mind as unusually different from our waking consciousness as our
waking consciousness differs from our dreams.*?
One of these regions, I hold, is filled with that kind of time
heads call “high,” a region which consists of the generalizations of
our more banal experiences of duration, velocity, and acceleration. I
think we have become aware of it recently, because the number and
kind of change-experiences thrust on us by our hurtling cybernetic
environment, has made obsolete our usual methods of making
generalizations, that is, of recognizing our world in traditional spatial
categories.
This view gives us the basis of an answer to our central inquiry,
which may now be rephrased as follows. Could it be that a higher
more general kind of time may be in conflict with a lower more
special time as a meta-message may be in conflict with a message, as
in the double bind theory of schizophrenia? That a bum trip consists
of the annihilating terror of being in what feels like two different
times at once? Could it be that time, which we thought at its very
interior core to be of the rate of things, might consist of levels of
itself characterized by differing rates of occurrence, such that clock
time is only one specific form of experience?
144 TimeForms
The hypothesis is attractive, since it helps to explain why some
schizophrenics are described as stuck in “concrete (linear) thinking”
while others seem lost in a strange world of racing images. It helps to
explain why “talking somebody down from a bum trip” consists
essentially in telling him to “go with it” — “get into it” — “ride it”
“follow it” “‘it’s allright — it’s all valid experience.” It even helps to
explain why it’s called a trip, as if it were a voyage in time.
In this connection, it is instructive to recall the theoretical
paradigm of the double-blind theory of schizophrenia. Bateson and
his co-workers wrote:
Our. approach is based on that part of communication
theory which Russell has called the theory of logical types.
The central thesis of this theory is that there is a
discontinuity between a class and its members.*?
If we recall that the genesis of a logical class is a generalization made
to re-member all experiences of a given kind, it begins to be clear
that double-bound (schizophrenic) persons are those told simultan-
eously to experience a particular and yet deny validity to the
experience of its class. In other words, the bind prohibits the
experience of generalization (uniting past and present experiences in
a synthesis) yet commands the present experience to be familiar.
This annihilation of memory negates the very process of present
experience.
Bum trips, like schizophrenia, are therefore well described as
failed dialectics, since their pathology results from the negation (of
“normalcy”’) not itself being negated. Some therapists encourage the
schizophrenic to “‘go on through” the process of madness, since they
believe, and, I think correctly, that madness is only the second
moment in a dialectical process, that madness itself must be negated
after it negates “‘sanity.”°4 The above is only a very fancy way of
defining the word “freaky” in the context of a ‘“‘freak out”
philosophy, which regards episodes of madness as prerequisite to the
achievement of a “‘higher’’ synthesis.
TimEForms 145
In the instance of schizophrenia, our hypothesis suggests that
there is indeed a double bind at work in its genesis, but that double.
binds are a very special sort of temporal contradiction in which the
person is not only asked to remember what he is commanded to
forget: he is also asked to experience two different times simultan-
eously. Yet this is a patent impossibility unless the person can be
made aware that he will not lose his mind but gain another
dimension of it by entering a region of experience in which such time
conflicts are only special cases of another kind of time, which, if he
chooses, he can inhabit comfortably. Unfortunately, few therapists
are aware that there is such a region, and therefore find it impossible
to offer support and encouragement to a patient who is trying to
find it. Therapists addicted to the view that there is only one kind of
time, clock time, will obviously not be able to avail themselves of
this clinical prerogative.
Vertical time, then, although depicted spatially in our paradigm
as a perpendicular to the linear arrow of time, bears the same relation
to linear time as the plane bears to the line it generalizes. It is the
dimension of all linear times, as well as a kind of time of another
sort. Are there even other sorts? The question leads to an
examination of the sociology of emotion.
SOCIOGENESIS OF AFFECTIVE PROCESS
Sociology, at present, seems to be without a theory of
emotion.55 We find occasional descriptions of socioeconomic pre
dicaments and correlated ‘‘states” of feeling in what are customarily
described as cross-sectional studies, i.e., sociological slices of life. But
we are still very far from the day when we shall be able to say, with a
comfortable degree of certainty, that people in situation “A’’, will
probably feel emotion ‘‘a’”’, in ““B’”, “‘b”. etc. When, for example, we
speak of an “angry mob,” we do not necessarily mean that each
numerical individual feels anger. As Freud aptly demonstrated in
Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego,°® an angry mob may
consist of a few angry men and a majority of decompensated
followers. Reductionism of type | looms as a danger here, because, in
our day, a feeling is said to be the property of an individual, not a
146 TimeForms
quality of social entities. And yet we say that feelings motivate
groups. Thus we may speak of a “restless” people, a “ferocious”
people, a “quiet peace-loving” people, and of ‘‘warlike’’ peoples,
only by pretending not to reduce the sociological phenomenon to an
arithmetic of individuals.* 7
Emotions and feelings, in our view, are the feedback of
anticipated actions, the registry of the future, as it were, of altered
conditions of social readiness (or unreadiness) in the face of new
stimuli, be they fantasies or cultures.6*® Groups, in our view, consist
of the patterns of the behaviors of people whose relations to each
other are patterned by the groups they form. Thus, what a given
individual feels when he behaves in a group is relevent to the
question of the social genesis of affect exactly insofar as his feeling is
defined as a feeling by those behaviorally concerned with his
behavior, including himself. To be sure, the feelings which the person
and his “‘others” each feel also shape the patterned interactions in
which they engage, but the extent to which there is something like
. an emotion feedback which characterizes the pattern in which they
are engaged (let us imagine it as a “tough company to work for”’),
and the extent to which this pattern priorly shapes what they feel is,
it seems to us, much in need of exploration as well as terminology. It
was toward the cognitive aspect of this issue, we believe, that
Durkheim was moving when he employed the term “collective
representation.” Although reductionism is always bothersome it was
not the reductionism of his formulation, we believe, but the
difficulty of the problem of social affect which seems to have
perplexed him, his contemporaries, and his disciples. Thus it received
minimal attention. No argument is offered here that we are any more
able to tackle the question. We do make a brief, however, for the
possibility of investigating the phenomenon of social affect in the
context of a temporalist orientation, since, if people have feelings
about the quality of their life-processes, and if, as we have suggested,
the social conditions which determine the extent to which their lives
proceed at satisfactory or unsatisfactory rates simultaneously deter-
mine what we are calling social affect, then perhaps the time has
come to begin a proper investigation of social affects.° °
TimeForms 147
Again, our everyday vocabulary provides us with a beginning.
We say, for example, that the “mood” of a meeting was “sullen,”
‘“anxious;” that a party was exciting, a play, depressing, etc. These
macroscopic determinations of the ‘‘emotional” qualities of social
groups do not permit of reductionist descriptions. Thus, a cocktail
party may be experienced as exciting even if one or two individuals
were down and out. If we insist on asking how many people have to
be counted as dull before a whole party is said to be dull (type II
reductionism) we barely begin to recognize that groups have
_ properties analogous to individual feelings. Yet, somebow, we intuit
these holistic estimates. Were we more systematically to investigate
the social circumstances of these intuitions, we might find that there
are patterns of “group affect.” That these are difficult conditions to
“operationalize” no one will deny, but difficulty is not impossibility;
let us begin to move beyond static dissections and “snap-shot”’
studies. Since a lengthy exegesis would be inappropriate here, a few
introductory remarks about the emotional relation between dialec-
tical conceptualizations and the achrony-synchrony paradigm will
have to suffice.°° Some clarity is achieved if we ask ‘does
acceleration ameliorate the anachronic situation?” or Conversely, “does
deceleration ameliorate the metachronic condition?” Do they make it
“feel” better?
We are tempted to respond with a categorical ‘“‘no” but that
would be aprioristic. The reasoning behind our temptation is as
follows: Hegel and Marx, the best protagonists of dialectical
thinking, were nonetheless (actually, all the more) creatures of their
age, which, it will be remembered, were the halcyon days of
Newtonian physics. Newtonian time is linear, regarding past, present,
and future as a sufficiently elaborate formulation of ‘“‘actual time.”
Yet, even for Hegel and Marx, the extent to which the dialectic of
Being — non-Being was resolved in Becoming implicitly involved
more than linear continuity. After “A” receives its mediation by
“B”’, the new reality, ‘'C’’, is not merely more of “A” or more of
“B” or even some sort of “A plus B.” To the extent that synthesis of
the antinomy between ‘‘A”’ and ‘‘B” has taken place, to that same
148 TimeForMs
extent, they alleged, did a transcendence, (i.e., a new reality of a
“higher order”) emerge.° !
More concretely, Marx did not write that the condition of the
alienated was improved merely because it continued to endure into
the future. Actually, the converse is true: the “longer” alienation
lasts, the worse does it become.®? Nor, in his view, was it possible
merely to accelerate the pace at which “profits’’ were distributed
more equitably, since the conditions which motivated the ‘‘capital-
ist’’ to retain at the rates at which they retained were as constitutive
of their class structure as injustice was constitutive of the class
structure of the proletariat. The dialectical negation (revolution) of
the oppressive thesis (profit motive) must bring about a mew order
- (synthesis), a pattern of social reality whose seeds were sown in the
former, but whose fruits are to be reaped only in a wholly new set of
social realities.
Similarly, retraining today’s unemployed by allocating monies
from today’s profits would, it is argued, present an insuperable (Le.,
more cost than profit) barrier to “progress” (more profit than cost).
Or, in the instance of the adolescent, it is argued that a social
structure in which puberty actually brought with it the privileges of
adulthood would topple the present social structure of age-status
stratification.
Thus, an anachronistic situation is not transformed into a
synchronous one merely by hurrying. When the rates of behavior are
too slow, acceleration makes them go -faster, not feel better.
Someone who goes too slowly doesn’t feel slow, he feels “bad.”
Someone who goes too fast doesn’t feel rapidly, he feels distressed.
In short, the feelings which characterize the various achronistic
orientations are those which characterize an incompleted dialectic.
Hegel described “the unhappy consciousness; Marx described
prolonged estrangement.
Synchrony, then, is not the middle road between turgidity and
rapidity — it is the apperception of harmony which accompanies
TimeForms' 149
generalization. The painter who says “It is going well’ describes a
process in which synthesis is occurring at a pace comfortable for his
talents, be they mean or inspired. When no generalization, creativity,
synthesis, transcendence, growth, development (call it what you will)
is experienced, ‘life disintegrates into the dimensions of achrony, 1.€.,
too fast, too slow, too high, too low, too good, too dull.
Synchronization, then, is the dialectical resolution of achrony;
achrony is the disintegration of synchrony. When it “goes well,”
paradox of paradoxes, we do not notice the time passing. The
“interval” between creative urge and creative act lies unmarked: we
do not need to “‘pass the time” nor “long for the day” when our
hopes will be fulfilled. In short, when we dwell upon the rate of
satisfaction, we do not enjoy the process — we criticize it.
Religions have made much of “‘timelessness.” So have Freud
and Eliade.°? The perfect simultaneity of desire and fulfillment has
been universally extolled as the ultimate happiness of man. This is so,
not, in our view, because there is a ‘‘place’’ where this kind of
process is actual (whether it be heaven or the id), but because, for
each of us, though far too rarely in our lives, we have experienced
“times”? in which we needed to note no duration, no passage, no
motion. The extreme rarity of these experiences, and conversely, the
all too frequent occurrence of forms of achrony, is coterminous with
the extent of human pathology.
This helps us to understand how each of the achronistic
orientations contains an illusion of synchrony in its portrait. The
epichronic timeless heaven seems synchronic, as does the anachronic
blissful nirvana. The metachronic utopia resembles the catachronic
relief in suicide. In each orientation, there is an attempt to
compensate for the lost time, whether it be the “‘injustice of
birth’’®* or the attempt to recapture “innocence” or ‘‘paradise lost.”
Sensitivities are sometimes modified in such ways to lessen the pain
of loss®*® inflicted by death.
It has commonly been observed that cultures very in their
definitions of the ultimate good. But the proliferation of the cultures
150 TimeForms
of man need not blind us to the fact that no man, be he “primitive”
or contemporary, enjoys mere endurance. All men, it seems, though
they variously describe it, have experienced what we here call
synchrony, that is, moments in their lives when a harmony of paces
was felt so pleasantly that they did not need to ‘‘mark”’ the passage
of time.
Thus, synchrony is a dialectical experience, and the various
forms of achrony, tentatively described here, represent moments of
pain when the pace of experience is without genuine mediation. It is
as if there were a beautiful pace of feeling natively within us, the
result of the concatenation of our biological, social, and cultural
development, which we alter only at our peril.
VARYING VARIATIONS
We have clocks to measure linear time, “biological clocks”
which regulate and synchronize physiological times; are there
psychological and sociological clocks as well,®® which measure
variant sensibilities to the tempo of experience? How many
‘‘dimensions”’ of temporal experience are there?
These inquiries, however basic they seem, are themselves based
on the assumption of a uniform, i.e., invariant rate of experience.
There are still others.
Let us turn then to the question of non-uniform increases and
decreases in the timing of experience. We may begin by inquiring
whether we sometimes feel accelerations in the pace of experience
which we nevertheless somehow feel to be decreasing accelerations;
in other words we know that we are quickening the pace of our
achievement, but that the rate of quickening itself is slowing down.
The curve of sexual ecstasy reaching orgasm is an example. Another
example occurs when we tromp on the accelerator of a very finely
tuned car. We first experience an increasing rate of acceleration, in
what statisticians refer to as a ‘‘J‘‘ curve. But as we approach the
limit of acceleration within that gear, although we are still
accelerating, we are picking up speed at a slower rate. Were we to
TimeForms 151
remain in this gear, the statistical description of our speed and rate of
acceleration would begin to reverse its slope and taper off, and
gradually resemble a plateau. Thus:
To continue the metaphor: If we were engaged in an explora-
tion of the performance characteristics of this gear range and of no
other, we would begin to apply the brakes in order to bring the car
to an eventual halt. And, as any racing driver knows, in our effort to
decelerate the vehicle, we do not apply a uniform pressure to the
brake pedal, which means that while it is true to say that the vehicle
is decelerating, we know that it is not decelerating at a uniform rate.
When our foot is on the brake, we are increasing the rate of
deceleration, and when our foot is off the brake, although we are still
decelerating, we are decelerating less rapidly. Thus:
In this situation anachronizing and metachronizing occur at
non-uniform rates. In other words, we may perceive increasing or
decreasing acceleration or deceleration. The perceptive reader will
note that we have so far restricted our attention to the customary
linear dimension of time captured in differential equations. It
remains to demonstrate that homological phenomena occur along the
other two axes of our paradigm. We present schematically all
such possibilities on page 152.
The situation in which the racing car initially accelerates
acceleratedly corresponds to our cell ‘‘2b,” that is, it metachronizes
metachrony. When it begins to slow down its rate of acceleration, it
corresponds to our cell “2a,” that is, it anachronizes metachrony.
Similarly, when it slows down initially, more rapidly than it slows
down later on, we observe a metachronizing anachrony and
eventually, an anachronizing anachrony: (“1b” to “1a” respec-
tively).
152. TrmeForMs
ie)
ev) Y
1o) Z, Z, z S
Zz | io) = N &
Nn IS Z Z N
5 z N z 9 Zz
ie) = eo} wa fe)
22 |g |2 |z |g
om 6) a S) xz rs
Gj¢ |£ !2 |8 5
s |e |e |e | |é
<(@lF b/s @Ol/GM@/=z els fH
»
-h
ANACHRONY (1)
oy
ala ia i le
wm aN i) an
in o Co ion
LS)
Qa.
N
i)
rh
METACHRONY (2) | 2a
EPICHRONY (3)
aN
aN
a.
p
aN
Hh
mn =
a a re) a
w NS -
a a.
w mt
o o o o
w
-h
CATACHRONY (4) |4a
wm
eh
HYPERCHRONY (5)
6f
an
Qa
HYPOCHRONY (6)
Let us attempt tu describe sociologically related phenomena
along the other axes. Imagine a culture in which there is a gradual
(i.e. uniform) accumulation of oligarchical political power. One
thinks of the coalition of wealthy families who arrogated to
themselves the powers of the citizenry of glorious Athens. This
“trend” was perceived. In order to “bring down’ the rate at which
this oppression of the Athenian population was taking place, the
politically jealous would have either to dissipate the rate of
power-concentration, or seize power themselves before it was too
late: that is, either catachronize the epichrony, or epichronize
themselves. (3d, or 3c respectively). More prosaically, we might
describe this situation as one in which the pace of political evolution
is felt to require either devolution or revolution.
A full description ot each of tnese achronistic interactions lies
beyond the scope of this paradigmatic analysis, and must await the
concatenation of data from studies now in progress. However, one
further illustration seems in order, since the two examples we have
given each illustrate only one dimension of our paradigm.
TimeForms' 153
Imagine a situation in which a young man is “looking forward
anxiously’’ to a date with a pretty young woman who has recently
entered his ambience. As the appointed hour approaches he becomes
increasingly “anxious,” but since the eventual consummation is
“nearer” than before, his anticipation is now mixed with a mildly
pleasurable eroticism. For a few brief moments he entertains the
(paranoid) suspicion that the assignation may not come to pass,
which “chills” him momentarily. But he “puts this thought from his
mind,”’ and returns to the pleasure of his original fantasy with
“heightened”’ anticipation.
We see here an initial increase in his “anticipatory anxiety”
which he hypochronizes by envisaging a more pleasurable erotic
effect. This fantasy, however, unleashes an even greater torrent of
hyperchronic ‘‘anxiety”’ which he handles by increasing the degree of
his hypochronization, i.e., denial of ‘“‘anxiety.” He attempts to
achieve, as it were, a “euchronistic” equilibrium.
It will be noted that without the actual experience which he so
fondly awaits, a genuinely “synchronous experience” will not be
had. This serves to refocus our attention on the abstract character of
the above illustrations, since, quite obviously, not only the diagonal,
but the horizontal and the vertical dimensions of the paradigm are
requisite for a fully synchronous experience. As noted above, the
empirical description of complicated life processes which demon-
strate the co-constitutive mutuality of the axes of paradigm remains
to be accomplished. It should not be necessary to point out that
actual occasions will not be easily described only by resorting to
simple pairs of adjectives; we expect that social processes will trace a
crooked line through our neat and hence naive categorizations. That
this is the predictable fate of ‘‘ideal types’’ is well known.
For example, accelerating decelerations and decelerating accel-
erations are far simpler phenomena than those we find incarnated in
the cross-cultural universal we call music. Were we to devote some
attention here to repeating rates and varying durations between
154 TimeForms
them, and to some of the archetypes of rhythm, tempo, cycles, and
other forms of periodicity, we would risk opening the temporal
typologist’s pandora’s box.
It is sometimes speculated that the first form of time which the
unborn organism experiences is the maternal heartbeat, of which the
organism becomes ‘“‘aware’’ through the periodic surgings and
swellings in its intrauterine abode. Others are of the opinion that the
prenatal organism is made aware of the beats of its own heart
through its own periodic swellings and pulsations. Thus, in the
“preemy” nurseries which are charged with the responsibility of
providing the neonates with an environment which most resembles
the uterine paradise from which it may feel “untimely ripped” it has
been found that the placement of clocks, metronomes, or other
rhythmic devices correlates very highly with apparent decreases in
infant discomfort and increases in metabolic well-being. Similar
experiments with animals have resulted in similar findings.® 7
Graphically, we depict such recurrences as “‘periodic functions”
and we are accustomed to measuring the intervals between peaks and
troughs of such mathematical entities as sine curves, and of other less
uniform functions, such as brain waves. We draw attention here to
the fact that little attention has been paid to related phenomena in a
sociological way. Moore’s work is instructive.°® Pareto’s cyclical
theory of history is also a case in point, as is Sorokin’s typology of
civilization processes. So is Gurvitch’s work.°? Some have alleged
that the cyclical theory of “eternal return” was opened out in the
“Judeo-Christian” conception of history wherein man, from his
transcendental beginning in the Godhead, proceeds through a linear
history toward his ultimate transcendental transfiguration; others see
in this only a larger circle. Even Engels seemed unable to defeat this
image, falling into an interpretation that the Universe endlessly
repeats itself, the corollary of which seems to be that man has been
before and will be again, yet strive we must for THIS dialectic must
be fulfilled. From such a frame of reference, even Spengler’s dreadful
anatomy of human times seems a relief. In short, although the
TimeForms 155
phenomenon of periodicity has been paid attention in fields of
endeavor as far removed as embryology and the so-called “philos-
ophy of history,” yet little attention has been devoted to non-linear
patterns of occurrence on small group levels of analysis,?° or, for
example, in large organization analysis.
And yet, the units in which we measure time for ourselves are
ALL recurrent, since recurrence lies at the very heart of what we call
time. Seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, years, centuries,
each, in our language, recur. It was this need to recognize the unit of
measure which drove Plato to paint his theory of knowledge as an
allegory in which the soul was enabled to know a reality because it
remembered the true reality (of which the present was only a copy)
originally experienced in the eternal (unrecurring) realm of “Truth.”
(We pass over the fact that this allegorical depiction has been seized
upon by the literal-minded, as Plato’s final words on the subject of
cognition.) We meet here a terribly difficult epistemological paradox
which has not been resolved even in the wonderfully sophisticated
laboratories of the learning theorists, for (to paraphrase Heraclitus) if
we have never confronted the phenomenon before, we seem to be
without standards for its recognition. Yet, if we have met the
unknown thing on some other occasion, it is not unknown. In the
former instance, the phenomenon is unintelligible; in the latter,
trivial. Even the psychoanalysts, who assert that we compare new
experiences to phantasies in order not to be overwhelmed by their
novelty, have not been able to establish to their mutual satisfaction,
how we handle “original” phantasies. That Jung’s “archetypes” were
offered as a solution to this problem is as well known as its many
criticisms. Equally well-known is Sartre’s rebellion from the position
which asserted that the models (nee essences) of realities, were they
to pre-exist the realities themselves, would foredoom man to a sterile
repetition of already blueprinted situations, thus making human
freedom a mockery and an illusion.
In short, if we do not accede to a prior criterion of
measurement, we cannot measure; yet, if we accede, we seem to
preclude novel measures. Of course, this theoretical trap does not
156 TimeForms
ensnare our actual experience, since there is a huge difference
between understanding what we do and actually doing it. We make
“serendipitous” discoveries all the time, without having a theory of
serendipity. Our purpose in outlining these theoretic pitfalls is
precisely to point out that the familiar and the linearly recurrent are
not the sole criterion but a criterion, so that we may the more
readily distinguish between the two. It is well known that Einstein
had to define anew in order to transcend the limits of Newtonian
physics. Equally familiar is the description of the conservative wis a
vis the progressive: the one “holds onto” the familiar, the other
“embraces” novelty. In Mertonian terms, these are the ritualist versus
the innovator. In our view, special attention needs to be devoted to
the time-sense of these personnel, since it may well be that the
specific content clung to or sought for is irrelevant to the social
dynamics of those who prefer the recurrent to, shall we say, the
occurrent.
Let us pass from these cerebral devices to an illustration more
appealing to the viscera. In matters of music, we confront a richness
of variation in temporality unsurpassed, it seems to us, in any other
field of human effort. Until very recently, music was written with an
indication to the performer that a certain measured tempo was to be
followed throughout, and that the insertions of artistry permissible
to the performer and the conductor were to be made within such
composerly limitations as were contained in such phrases as “‘allegro
con vivo’ or “crescendo molto vivace”’ etc. More generally, we know
that some cultures seem to have a preference for slow and moody
symphonies, others seem taken with Jazz; some prefer marches,
other, festival dances. It would seem that there are favorite rhythms,
not only in individuals but in whole social entities, such as cultures,
sub-cultures, and even smaller groups which we occasionally desig-
nate as afficionados.
These poor illustrations serve to focus our attention on the fact,
well known but little studied, that people seem to have variant
experiences of periodicity, and that we might do well to investigate
TimEForms 157
the relations between the durations and recurrences which character-
ize what we might call social rhythms. From Freud’s “repetition
compulsion” to Pareto’s cycle of elites, there is a very large area of
virtually unexplored territory. Nietzsche’s eternal return may not, in
some future study, turn out to be very different in motive energy
from Rank’s postulated wish to rebecome the placid foetus, nor may
it be unlikely that the Utopian linearist differs significantly in
temporal form from his younger brother, the adolescent impatient
for adult sexual privilege.
To phrase these matters in our own language, we might write
that human life seems to embody not only variant speeds, variant
accelerations and decelerations, and variations in the uniformity or
non-uniformity of these parameters of observation, but seems also to
consist of recurrences of events of varying intervals and periodicities.
Were this not so, we might derive views of the real world as utterly
repetitious and therefore uninteresting, boring, even fatally irrelevant
to experience, or, on the other hand, so filled with novel unfamiliar-
ity that the very attempt to find pattern and order is doomed to
failure.?* In language which some will deem more properly
sociological we might point out that, so to speak, the “function” of a
norm is to render predictable in some degree a behavior which would
otherwise be unpatterned, chaotic, and hence, a-social. To the extent
that the stranger speaks in words we have learned to recognize as our
own, is he not strange; to the extent that events are commensurate
with our expectations, to that extent may we direct our behavior to
whatever outcome we desire. However, the converses are also true:
the stranger with whom we cannot communicate stirs up a
restlessness; the scene in which we may not in any sense predict the
outcome of our behavior will demolish our behavioral repertory. In
sum, recurrence precedes occurrence; it isn’t “logical,” but it’s true.
When it doesn’t, in the ways we have outlined above, we have
achrony, in varying degrees and types. And yet, as we have outlined
above, synchrony includes novelty; creativity, paradoxically, is never
ex nihilo but always de novo.
158 TimreForms
THE VIDECHRON
Two sets of experiments we have been conducting constitute
pilot studies designed to investigate these phenomena. One is frankly
modelled after Sherif’s now classic studies in the ‘‘auto-kinetic
phenomena.”7? In his design, subjects in a dark room were asked to
report how far a light was moving. It was found that isolated subjects
could be induced to cluster their responses around a group mean,
that the mean was variable and subject to experimental alteration by
the introduction of “‘liars.”’
We proceed as follows. Subjects are seated (alone, in groups; we
vary it) in a room, for a standard interval (say 10 minutes). They are
then asked how long they think they were in there. Some subjects
are given busywork (routine tasks), others are given important work
(this takes a little interviewing). They are asked about durations.
“Liars” are introduced to alter means. Differences are highly
interesting, and will be reported as soon as we can write them up
systematically. We were looking for differences in hypothecated rate
thresholds, and we found them. So much for Box III.
We were bothered, however, by the artificiality of the experi-
mental situation. What we needed was a situation in which small
groups were engaged in actual (not experimentally induced) interac-
tions, whose pace we could modify without creating an unlifelike
situation.
As luck would have it, we were invited to investigate the
patterned interactions that took place in what was called ‘‘Multiple
Family Therapy,”7? a situation in which several families together
with their identified adolescent schizophrenic patients, a therapist
and an observer (ourself) experienced 90- minute therapy sessions.
Hypothesizing that varying rates of interaction would fit our
paradigm, we naively tried to make intelligent observations during
the sessions. We were quickly overwhelmed by the sheer complexity
of the data. Tucking our catachronic tails between our legs, we slunk
away for simpler pastures.” 4
TimeForms 159
We were aware that Cornellison’® and his co-workers had done
some interesting things in psychiatric research, such as showing the
film “Snake Pit” to a back ward of schizophrenic patients, i.e., a
snake pit. They liked it. Cornellison also showed snapshots of
patients, taken during therapeutic interviews, to the patients.
Catatonics who had long been severly withdrawn responded dramati-
cally, reentered the arena of social communication, and began the
long road to recovery.
Henry Murray has reported on some aspects of a series of
experiments in which he and his associates engaged.7® As usual, the
design of Murray’s study is fascinating, and as usual, he attempts to
study those aspects of personality which everyone agrees are most
intriguing but which seem to most investigators to be least amenable
to experimental observation.
Briefly, Murray and his co-workers have devised a dialogue to be
filmed and then shown to the participants. Each of the two members
of this proceeding have exchanged written autobiographical state-
ments which pretend to reveal deep values and other philosophical
reflections on the conduct of experience. During the discussions of
these values, one member of the dialogue suddenly descends into a
vituperative polemic, much to the other’s astonishment. Presumably
(or perhaps axiomatically), this switch in plan from a pleasant
discussion of life’s values to an anxiety-laden defense of one’s
metaphysics provokes behavior which will correlate with rises and
falls in ‘‘measurable” anxiety levels. Because the subject (he upon
whom the barrage of insult falls) is asked to write what he
remembers of the session at various time intervals after it has
happened, and because he is confronted with tape recorded and
filmed documents of this actual occasion,’?’ the experimenters are
able to estimate the relation between re-exposures and retention,
redintegration, retroactive inhibition, etc. Although this seems to be
the best of all possible worlds in which to measure anxiety and its
consequences, an experimental design on which we have been
working during the course of a series of pilot studies conducted
during the last few years, embodies a principle very similar to
160 TimeFormMs
Murray’s, yet offers some peculiarly Murrayian advantages lacking in
Murray’s own original design.
Instead of filming a proceeding which involves only two
persons, we have been recording proceedings at various levels of
numerical and sociological complexity on television tape.’*® This has
several advantages of which the following is perhaps the most
noteworthy. Since television machines record instantly on electro-
magnetic tape, there is no film developing tme required for the
playback. In effect, this means that a group may re-experience the
proceeding immediately after (indeed, during) a session or at variable
time intervals thereafter. By telerecording their re-experience as
many times as we wish or by editing the playback for sound or
speed, we may begin to investigate the temporal aspects of group
process in a temporal way. To put the matter differently, we may
vary the temporal aspects of the proceeding in order to observe the
subjects’ estimates of the temporal aspects of the proceeding. In
short, the telerecording design allows the investigator to vary time,
instead of pretending that time is a constant for all interactions. The
fact that we may then record proceedings of variable ‘‘times’”’ and
measure their inexperienced duration comes to us as an added
benefit. The decision to allow subjects to witness their behavior
during the playback has led to some interesting tests of the extent to
which an individual’s anxiety is a function of the group apperception
of time.
It is usually claimed that the record of a therapeutic session
presents the patients with the reality of the situation, and that
repeated re-exposure acquaints him with it in a healthy way. If it
should emerge that repeated exposure to a proceeding in which one
is involved (what Cornellison has called “self-image experience’) is of
potential clinical application, we would not be unhappy.
Perhaps a slightly more technical paragraph will be permitted.
We are becoming increasingly sophisticated in the use of “projective
tests.” We know that people will ‘‘distort’”’ photographs, drawings,
stories, sentences, in proportion as they need to do so. This helps us
TimeForms 161
to understand their needs and ‘“‘press’”, since we assume we
understand the projective devices. If we represent an audio-visual
record of an actual proceeding, we may find that some significantly
new temporal dimensions of the personality become visible to the
researcher.
More specifically, our pilot studies indicate that the assemblage
of television equipment, including a fixed camera which transmits to
a tape recorder, which transmits to a monitor (an assemblage we call
the Videchron), permits us to vary one aspect of experienced time for
the experimenial study of actual occasions. The theory is relatively
simple.
Note that while you speak, you listen to your speech, editing, as
it were, as you go along. You can’t see your facial gestures, even if
you try, unless you see a murror. But the mirror is simultaneous
editing. Unless you are uncommonly “reflective,” you may not
notice that you sometimes talk and gesticulate very rapidly, at other
times very slowly. With the Videchron you have the opportunity.
Now imagine that you are witnessing a group discussion in
which you were a participant, but that the playback is taking place at
a very slow rate. You will now have more time to feel what you felt
then at clock-time. Conversely, if we play back faster than the-rate at
which we originally recorded, you now have less time to feel what
you then felt. By varying the rates of playback, we can find when
you’re comfortable, when you’re not. And if we ask you how you
felt, you don’t have to re-behave, which would re-introduce your
editing.
Next we put you in a fast-moving group, a slow-moving group,
an alternating group, etc., until we find a pace, or a pattern in which
you feel comfortable. We expect, by clever interviewing, to find the
circumstances in which you adopt varriouus achronistic orientations.
Although it is too soon to report significant statistics, the trend
seems to be that individuals have mean pace-thresholds which groups
can vary somewhat, that groups have mean pace-thresholds that
162 TimeFormMs
individuals can vary, somewhat, and that pace sometimes acts as an
independent variable, sometimes dependent.
The Videchron enables us to experimentally investigate aliena-
tion, anomie, and anxiety on the small group level. By devising
production-distribution-consumption schedules as tasks for small
groups, we may induce alienation by the application of injustice.
Whether such investigations, which might eventually reveal methods
of reducing alienation (other than “violent” revolution), are there-
fore moral is an issue which disturbs us. Similarly, by anachronizing
the normative structure of a group, or by metachronizing sudden
norm changes, we may induce anomie. The moral issue looms here as
well. The induction of anxiety, however, has been pronounced
ethical by our society, if and when it takes place in professionally
conducted therapy sessions. Here social legitimation has been
granted, presumably because the therapist permits no more anxiety
than the patients can tolerate. But even here, “‘the human kind
cannot bear very much reality,” as T.S. Eliot said.” °
Space does not permit a more exact description of the
experimental ramifications of the achrony-synchrony paradigm.
Among the issues which we must leave to another time are the
relationship between the forms of anxiety (e.g. “separation,”
“castration”) at phase-appropriate stages in the socialization of the
child, and the achronistic orientations which develop as ‘‘defenses”
against them. We intend also to explore the notions of immortality,
timelessness, and their relation to the experience of mortality and
death. Freud himself wrote:
Again and again I have had the impression that we have
made too little theoretical use of the fact, established
beyond doubt, of the unalterability by time of the
repressed. This seems to offer an approach to the most
profound discoveries. Nor unfortunately have I myself
made any progress here.® °
Thus Freud invites inquiry into the relation of time and anxiety
TimeForms' 163
explicitly, while Marx and Durkheim do not. The relevance of the
achrony-synchrony paradigm to the notions of alienation, anguish,
and anomie, hinted at above, require further exploration. We are
presently engaged in this undertaking, under the hypothesis that
discrepant rates of behavior in different sectors of the social system
may serve as indices for predicting when human pathology will
occur.
SUMMARY:
By focusing on experienced time and on rates of behavior, a
paradigm of variants of time-experience was presented. An experi-
mental technique for the investigation of varieties of felt time was
discussed, as were correlations with the concepts of alienation,
anomie, and anxiety. Pilot studies in this area were described, as were
possible implications for further research.
EPILOGUE
If the reader who found himself made uncomfortable by the
anacoluthic style of my work, which hops from one discipline to
another frequently without benefit of logical nexus, will bear with
me for a few more paragraphs, I would like him to know whereof it
comes. That my principal mentor is Galileo was made apparent in my
point of departure. But my hubris is larger, since I take my task to be
the founding of a new cross-disciplinary science, which I would like
to call “chronetics.’”’ Groping toward that purpose, I have drawn
considerable consolation from Einstein’s forward to the “Dialogue
concerning the two Chief World Systems,” where he wrote:
It has often been maintained that Galileo became the
father of modern science by replacing the speculative
deductive method with the empirical experimental meth-
od. I believe, however, that this interpretation would not
stand close scrutiny. There is no empirical method without
speculative concepts and systems: and there is no specula-
tive thinking whose concepts do not reveal, on closer
investigation, the empirical material from which they stem.
To put into sharp contrast the empirical and the deductive
164 TimeForms
Galileo’s disposal were so imperfect that only the boldest
speculation could possible bridge the gaps between the
empirical data. (For example, there existed no means to
measure time shorter than a second)... His endeavors are
not so much directed at ‘factual knowledge” as at
“‘comprehension.’’®!
Chronetics should consist of both. And more. Much more.
TimEPorms’~= 165
NOTES
166 ‘TimEForRMS
Chapter 1:
L;
10.
Leuner, H., “President State of Psycholytic Therapy and Its
Possibilities” in The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcohol-
ism, H. Abramson (ed.). Bobbs Merrill, New York, 1967.
. Becker, H., “History, Culture, and Subjective Experience: an
exploration of the social bases of drug induced experiences,”
Journal of Health and Social Behavior (1969).
. Cheek, F., “Exploratory Study of Drugs and Interaction,”
Archives of General Psychiatry, 9:566-574, 1963.
. Mechaneck, R., Feldstein, S., Dahlberg, C. and Jaffe, J.,
“Experimental Investigation of LSD as a Psychotherapeutic
Adjunct.” Paper read at 1967 AOA meeting.
. Linton, H. and Lang, R., “Subjective Reactions to LSD-25,”
Archives of General Psychiatry, 6:352-368, 1962.
. Blum, R., et al., Utopiates. Atherton Press, New York, 1964.
. Cohen, S. Personal communication.
. Masters, E. and Huston, J., The Varieties of Psychedelic
Experience. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1966.
. Gioscia, V., “Adolescence, Addiction, and Achrony” in Person-
ality and Social Life, R. Endleman (ed.). Random House, New
York, 1967.
Laing, R. D., The Politics of Experience. Penguin Books, New
York, 1967.
TimEForms 167
Chapter 2:
A,
2.
Gioscia, V., ‘““Adolescence, Addiction, and Achrony,” op. cit.
Gioscia, V., “Glue Sniffing: Exploratory Hypotheses on the
Psychosocial Dynamics of Respiratory Introjection’” in proceed-
ings of a conference on Inhalation of Glue Fumes and Other
Substance Abuse Practices Among Adolescents, Office of Juvenile
Delinquency and Youth Development, U. S. Dept. of Health,
Education and Welfare, Washington, D. C., 1967.
Gioscia, V., ‘‘Psychological and Sociological Proneness to Drug
Use in Young People.”’ Paper presented to Amherst College
Symposium “The Drug Scene,” 1967.
Gioscia, V., “LSD Subcultures: Acidoxy Versus Orthodoxy.” See
Chapter 1, this volume.
. Marcuse, H., Eros and Civilization. Beacon Press, Boston, 1955.
. Marcuse, H., One Dimensional Man. Tavistock Publications,
London, 1967.
Chapter 3:
1,
Gioscia, V., “LSD Subcultures: Acidoxy Versus Orthodoxy.”
See Chapter 1, this volume.
Gioscia, V., ‘Groovin’ on Time.” See Chapter 2, this volume.
Gioscia, V., “On Dialectical Time.” See Metalog, this volume.
Status Report #1 of The Village Project, a social agency for
alienated youth sponsored by Jewish Family Service of New
York. September, 1968 (mimeo).
168
3s
10.
i
12.
13.
14.
LS.
16.
TimeForMs
Kenniston, K., “Heads and Seekers: Drugs on Campus, Counter
Cultures in American Society,” American Scholar, vol. 28, no.
1:97-112, 1969.
. Mayday, January 20, 1969, #14.
. Gioscia, V., “On Social Time.” See Metalog, this volume.
. Gioscia, V., ‘Adolescence, Addiction, and Achrony,” op. cit.
. Dunaif, C. and Gioscia, V., ‘““Violence and Family Process.”
Report to the National Crime Commission, in archives of
President’s Commission on Law Enforcement and the Adminis-
tration of Justice, Washington, 1966.
Gioscia, V., “Sources of Violence in Contemporary America.”
Paper presented to Farmingdale Public Library Association,
October, 1968 (mimeo).
Kurland, A. and Unger, S., “The Present Status and Future
Direction of Psychedelic LSD Research with Special Reference
to the Spring Grove Studies,” January, 1969 (mimeo).
Whitrow, G. J., The Natural Philosophy of Time. Harper
(Torchbook), New York, 1963.
Hegel, G. W. F., Logik, 2 volumes.
Gioscia, V., ‘“‘Plato’s Image of Time.” Ann Arbor, University
Microfilms, 1963.
James. W., Varieties of Religious Experience, various editions.
Bateson, G., Jackson, Weakland, D., Hally, J., ‘““Toward a Theory
of Schizophrenia.” Reprint from Behavioral Science, vol. 1. no.
4:251-264, 1956.
17.
18.
TrmEForms 169
Laing, R. D., The Politics of Experience. Penguin Books,
London, 1966.
Feuer, L., “What is Alienation? The Career of a Concept”
Sociology on Trial, M. atom and A. Vidich (eds.), Prentice- ‘Hal,
New York, 1963.
Chapter 4:
1.
2.
10.
11.
Gioscia, V., ““Groovin’ on Time.” See Chapter 2, this volume.
Gioscia, V., “On Social Time.” See Metalog, this volume.
. Whitehead, A. N., Science in the Modern World. New American
Library (Various editions).
. Gioscia, V., “Groovin’ on Time.” See Chapter 2, this volume.
. McCluhan, M. and Fiore, Q., The Global Village. McGraw-Hill,
New York, 1968.
. Roszak, T., The Making of a Counter-Culture. Doubleday, New
York, 1969.
. Gioscia, V., “Time, Pathos, and Synchrony.”’ See Chapter 3, this
volume.
. Marcuse, H., Negations. Beacon Press, Boston, 1968.
. Ryan, P., ‘‘Cable Television and the Schools,” in Birth, Death
and Cybernation. Gordon and Breach, New York, 1972.
New York Times, January 6, 1969.
With the cooperation of Frank Gillette and others who then
constituted The Raindance Corporation.
170
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
TIMEFoORMS
Ragosine, V., ‘Magnetic Recording,” Scientific American, No-
vember, 1969. See also Dow Digest, July, 1969 for a description
of Precision Instrument’s ‘Unicorn System.”
The New York Times recently contained the news that the
Republic of India was installing just such a system to foster
literacy in some 10,000 villages. (This project has since been
‘‘cancelled.’’)
Pribram, K., ‘““The Neurophysiology of Remembering,” Scientif-
ic American, January, 1969.
New York Times, circa September, 1969.
Time Magazine, July 18, 1969.
I am indebted to Dr. Warren Brodey for a stimulating discussion
of his “play” (as opposed to “work”) at the Environmental
Ecology Laboratory in Boston, and for his presentation at
“Grand Rounds” at The Roosevelt Hospital under the auspices
of The Center for the Study of Social Change, on October 23,
1969.
“Chronetics” is the field which investigates temporal processes.
For a fuller description, see ‘‘On Social Time,” Metalog, this
volume.
”
e.g. Bateson, G., “Cybernetic Explanation,’ The American
Behavioral Scientist, vol. 10, no. 8, April 1967.
Chapter 5:
a;
ys
Keniston, K., “Notes on Young Radicals,” Change, vol. 1, no.
6:25 et seq., 1969.
Grimshaw, A. D., ‘Sociolinguistics and the Sociologist,” Amer-
can Sociologist, vol. 4, no. 4:312 et seq., 1969.
10.
12.
13,
14.
TimEForms'§ 171
. Kluckhohn, C., Murray, H. and Schneider, Culture and Personal-
ity. Knopf, New York, 1953.
. Gioscia, V., ‘““LSD Subcultures: Acidoxy Versus Orthodoxy.”
See Chapter 1, this volume.
. Simmons, J. and Winograd, B., It’s Happening. Mark-Laird
Publications, Santa Barbara, California, 1966.
. Shands, H., Semiotic Approaches to Psychiatry. Mouton, The
Hague, 1970. See also Shands, H., War with Words, Mouton,
The Hague, 1971.
. Gioscia, V., “The Coming Synthesis: Chronetics and Cybernet-
ics.”” Paper presented to the International Convocation entitled
“The Revolution in Values— The Response of the Healer”,
sponsored by the American Academy of Religion and Psychia-
try, November 14, 1969. See Metalog, this volume.
. McLuhan, M., The Global Village. McGraw-Hill, New York,
1968.
. Gioscia, V., ‘Groovin’ on Time.” See Chapter 2, this volume.
McLuhan, op. cit.
. Gioscia, V., “Time, Pathos and Synchrony.”’ Paper presented to
the Annual Convention of the American Orthopsychiatric
Association, April, 1969. See Chapter 3, this volume.
Rabkin, R., “Do You See Things That Aren’t There?” in Origin
and Mechanisms of Hallucinations, W. Keup, ed. Plenum Press,
New York-London, 1970. pp. 115-124.
Wittgenstein, L. Tractatus logico-philosophicus
Gioscia, V., ‘Groovin’ on Time.” See Chapter 2, this volume.
172 TimeEFormMs
15. The imprinting literature is extensive; see especially Tinbergen
and/or Lorenz.
16. Scheflen, A. E., “On the Structuring of Human Communica-
tion,” American Bebavioral Scientist, 10:8-12, 1967. Scheflen,
A. E., ‘‘Human Communication, Behavioral Programs and their
Integration in Interaction,” Behavioral Science, 13:44-55, 1968.
Scheflen, A. E., How Behavior Means, Gordon and Breach, New
York, 1972. See also Birdwhistle, R., Introduction to Kinesics,
University of Kentucky Press, Louisville, 1955.
17. McClean, P. D., “The Paranoid Streak in Man,” in Beyond
Reductionism. Hutchinson & Co.
18. Mead, M. Culture and Commitment, Doubleday, 1970.
Chapter 6:
1. Whitehead, A. N., Modes of Thought. 1938, p. 129.
Mead, M., Culture and Commitment. 1970, p. 64, op. cit.
Fuller, Buckminster, Utopia or Oblivion. 1970, p. 310, Bantam.
4, Fuller, Buckminster, op. cit., epilogue.
Chapter 9:
1. Whitrow, G. J., The Natural Philosophy of Time. Harper, New
York, 1963.
2. Hegel, G. W. F., Lectures on the History of Philosophy, E. S.
Haldane (ed. and transl.), 3 vol. Humanities Press, New York,
1955.
10.
11.
12,
3.
TimEForms 173
. Durkheim, E., Suicide, J. A. Spaulding and G. Simpson (eds. and
transl.). Free Press, Glencoe, 1951.
. Freud, S., “Civilization and its Discontents,” Standard Edition,
The Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, J.
Strachey (ed. and transl.), vol. XXI. Hogarth Press, London,
1964.
. Marcuse, H., Eros and Civilization. Vintage Books, New York,
1962.
. Brown, N. O., Life Against Death. Vintage Books, New York,
1959.
. Indeed the impact of these words was to fashion better, not less
socialization.
. Whitehead, A. N., Science in the Modern World. Macmillan, New
York, 1926.
. The following section is a modified version of a paper entitled
“Typology Construction’”’ delivered at the Eastern Sociological
Society, Boston, 1963.
Whitehead, A. N. Process and Reality. Social Science Publishers,
New York, 1929. Cf. espec. chapter 2.
Heidegger, M., Being and Time, J. Macquarrie and E. Robinson
(transl. from the 7th edition of Sein and Zeit). SCM Press,
London, 1962.
De Benedetti, S., ‘‘The Mossbauer Effect,” Scientific American,
April, 1960, p. 72 et seq.
Like the Eskimo who has many words for snow, we seem to
need literally hundreds of phrases with the word “time” in them
to capture the varieties of temporal experience. Professor
174 TimeForms
14.
13:
16.
by
18.
19,
Murray and I discovered, to our mutual surprise, that we were
each making a compilation of such phrases (personal communi-
cation, 1965).
Kiang Kang-Hu, “How Time and Space Appear to Chinese
Poets,” chapter 2 in On Chinese Studies. Commercial Press,
Shanghai, China, 1934. (I am grateful to my former colleague
Prof. B. Solomon for this reference.)
See for example: V. Gioscia, Plato’s Image of Time: An Essay
in Philosophical Sociology, Fordham University, 1962, unpub.
Ph.D. dissertation. G. J. Whitrow, op. cit. R. Maclver, The
Challenge of the Passing Years: My Encounter with Time,
Simon and Shuster, New York, 1962. G. Gurvitch, The
Spectrum of Social Time, Reidel Co., Stuttgart, 1963. Coser and
Coser, “‘Time Perspective and Social Structure,” in Gouldner,
Modern Sociology, Harcourt Brace, New York, 1963, pp.
638-646. H. Meyerhoff, Time in Literature, University of
California Press, Berkeley, 1955. M. Heidegger, ed., The Phe-
nomenology of Internal Time-Consciousness, J. Churchill,
transl., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1964. See also, M. Wallace,
“Temporal Experience,” Psychological Bulletin, vol. 57, no.
3:213-237, 1960, et al.
Coser and Coser, ‘‘Time Perspective and Social Structure,” in
Gouldner, op. cit. for a good initial bibliography.
Mann, T., The Holy Sinners, H. T. Lowe-Porter (transl.). Knopf,
New York, 1951.
I am indebted to Prof. B. Nelson of the New School for Social
Research for the observation that these eternalists qualify as cell
IV types. My view on this appears infra.
Murray, H. and Kluckhohn, C. (eds.), Personality in Nature,
Society and Culture (2nd ed.), Knopf, New York, 1954; and
Erikson, E., ‘Identity and the Lifecycle,” Monograph, Psycho-
20.
21.
22.
23:
24.
25.
26.
27.
TimeForms’ 175
logical Issues, vol. 1, no. 1, International Universities Press, New
York, 1959.
Shakespeare, W., Hamlet (variously reprinted), Act I, Scene V,
11, 188-189: “The time is out of joint; O cursed spite.
That ever I was born to set it right!”
We hook up an accelerometer, as it were, to the Mertonian
paradigm. Cf. R. K. Merton, Social Theory and Social Structure.
Free Press, Glencoe, 1955.
See “The Pseudo-Successful Adult: A Case Study of the
Metachronic Orientation,”’ by V. Gioscia, paper delivered to the
17th annual meeting of the New York Society of Clinical
Psychologists, New York, 1965.
See, however, the brilliant paper by P. Slater, “On Social
Regression,” American Sociological Review, 28:339-364, 1963.
Cf. V. Gioscia, “Groovin’ on Time,” paper presented to the
Hahneman Medical College Conference on Psychedelic Drugs,
November, 1968. See Chapter 2, this volume.
An advance toward a more empirical analysis of this question
has recently been made by my former colleague Herbert Danzger
in “Community Power Structure: Problems and Continuities,”
American Sociological Review, 29:707-717, 1964.
Eisenstadt, S., From Generation to Generation. Free Press,
Glencoe, 1955. See also, A. Van Gennep, Rites de Passage, M.
Vizedom and G. Caffee (transl.). University of Chicago Press,
Chicago, 1960.
Gioscia, V., ‘“Adolescence, Addiction and Achrony,” in Person-
ality and Social Life, R. Endleman (ed.). Random House, New
York, 1965.
176 TimeFormMs
28.
29.
30.
31,
32.
33:
34.
35:
36.
57,
38.
Remarks elicited on the occasion of a colloquium which
Professor Lewis gave at Queens College of the City University of
New York on Oct. 30, 1964.
Cohen, A., Delinquent Boys. Free Press, Glencoe, 1955. See
also, R. J. Barndt and D. M. Johnson, “Time Orientation in
Delinquents,” Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology,
51:343-345, 1955.
This section is a slightly edited version of a paper presented to
the International Congress — Dialectics of Liberation, London,
July, 1967.
Freud, S., ‘New Introductory Lectures,” Standard Edition, op.
cit., vol. XXII, p. 14.
Marcuse, H., op. cit., pp. 211-212.
For a particularly instructive exigesis of Heidegger’s view of
time, see, for example, William Barrett, ‘“The Flow of Time,” in
R. M. Gale (ed.), The Philosophy of Time. Doubleday Anchor,
New York, 1967.
Marcuse, H., One Dimensional Man. Tavistock, London, 1967.
Cf. M. Natanson (ed.), Philosophy of the Social Sciences.
Random House, New York, 1963.
For a recent history of the varieties of phenomenological
philosophies, cf. H. Spiegelberg, (ed.), The Phenomenological
Movement, 2 vols. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1968.
See, for example, his chapter, ‘‘Time Perception in Children,” in
J. Fraser (ed.), The Voices of Time. George Brazillier, New
York, 1966.
See Bergson, Time and Free Will. London, 1910.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
i
52.
TimMEForMs' 177
Fraisse, P. The Psychology of Time. Harper, New York, 1963.
Meerloo, ‘‘The Time Sense in Psychiatry,” in Fraser, Op. cit., pp.
235 et seq.
Cf., however, R. Wallis, Time: Fourth Dimension of the Mind,
Harcourt Brace and World, New York, 1968, for a cy bernetic
treatment without this failing.
Sartre, J. P., Search for a Method. Knopf, New York, 1963.
Gioscia, V. Plato’s Image of Time, op. cit.
Cf. Popper, K., The Poverty of Historicism.
Private communication, cited in P. Laurie, Drugs — Medical,
Psychological and Social Facts. Penguin Books, New York,
1967.
Standard Edition, op. cit., vol. XIX, p. 235 et seq.
Cf. Wallis, R., op cit.
Portions of this section derive from the paper, “Time, Pathos,
and Synchrony.” See Chapter 3, this volume.
Gioscia, V., ‘Groovin’ on Time.’’ See Chapter 2, this volume.
Kurland, A. and Unger S., “The Present Status and Future
Direction of Psychedelic LSD Research,” with special reference
to the Spring Grove Studies, January, 1969 (mimeo).
Whitrow, op. cit., provides the best definition of this term. See
also Wallis, op: cit.
James, W., The Varieties of Religious Experience, various
editions.
178
D3.
54.
55:
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
TiMEFoRMS
Bateson, G., Jackson, D., Haley, J. and Weekland, J., ““Toward a
Theory of Schizophrenia,” Behavioral Science, vol. 1, no.
4:251-264, 1956. See also ‘“‘A Note on the Double Bind —
1962” by the same authors in Family Process, vol. 2, no. 1,
1963, and Watzlawick, P., “A Review of the Double Bind
Theory,” Family Process, vol. 2, no. 1, 1963.
Laing, R., The Politics of Experience and The Bird of Paradise,
Penguin Books, London, 1967, and the other works by the man
whom Time magazine calls ‘““The Metaphysician of Madness”
(issue of Feb. 7, 1969).
My colleague Richard Rabkin has taken a significant step in this
direction, however, in his “Affect as a Social Process,’’ American
Journal of Psychiatry, vol. 125, no. 6:85-91, 1968.
Freud, S., “Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego,”
Standard Edition, op. cit., vol. XIX.
Gioscia, V., ‘‘Perspective for Role Theory,” American Catholic
Sociological Review, vol. 22, no. 2:142-150, 1961. See also,
Gioscia, V., “Types of Types” in Expanding Theory and Practice
in Family Therapy, N. Ackerman et al. (eds.) Family Service
Association of America, New York, 1967.
See M. Marx (ed.), Theories in Contemporary Psychology,
Macmillan, New York, 1964, chapter 28: “Affect and Emo-
tion,” H. Peters, espec. pp. 440-442. See also: P. H. Knapp,
Expression of the Emotions in Man, International Universities
Press, New York, 1963.
See, for example, the beginnings of such an_ investigation
employing the clinical method in N. Ackerman, Psychodynamics
of Family Life, Basic Books, New York, 1958. But also see P.
Slater, op. cit.
We intend to spell out these relations more fully in a work now
in preparation.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
TimEForms' 179
Hegel, G. W. F., Phenomenology of Mind, Sir J. Baillie (transl.),
2nd ed. rev. Macmillan, New York, 1949. See also Hegel’s
Science of Logic, 2 vol. Macmillan, New York, 1929.
See L. Feuer, “Alienation — The Career of a Concept” in
Sociology on Trial, M. Stein and A. Vidich (eds.), Prentice-Hall,
New York, 1963, pp. 127 et seg. See also P. Berger and S.
Pullberg, “Reification and the Sociological Critique of Con-
sciousness,” in History and Theory, vol. 4, no. 2:196 et seq.,
1965.
Cf. M. Eliade, Cosmos and History — The Myth of the Eternal
Return. Harper, New York, 1954.
This phrase is one of a number of translations of a fragment of
Anaximander. See, for example, The Greek Philosophers, R.
Warner. Mentor, New York, 1958, p. 24.
Choron, J., Death in Western Thought. Collier Books, New
York, 1963.
The New York Academy of Science recently convened an
Interdisciplinary Conference on time, in which the matter of
“natural clocks’? received nearly definitive treatment. See their
“Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Time,” Proceedings, Journal
of the American Academy of Science, 1967.
See, for example, H. F. Harlow, “The Heterosexual Affectional
System in Monkeys,” American Psychologist, 17:1
Moore, W., Man, Time and Society. Wiley, New York, 1963.
Gurvitch, G., The Spectrum of Social Time, F. Reidel, Dord-
recht, Holland, 1964, a work whose intelligibility is hidden
behind an almost impenetrably private vocabulary.
Slater, P., Microcosm. Wiley, New York 1966. Those who seek a
180 TimeForms
“i.
Ts
73.
74.
12.
76.
Td:
78.
paradigm of excellence in their quest for understanding of group
affect will find it in Slater’s work. See also his Pursuit of
Loneliness, Beacon Press, Boston, 1970.
Cf. Harley Shands, “Coping with Novelty,” Archives of General
Psychiatry, vol. 20, no. 1:64-70, 1969.
Sherif, M., “A Study of Some Social Factors in Perception,”
Archives of Psychology, no. 187, 1935.
See Laqueuer, H. P., Morong, E., and LaBurt, H., “Multiple
Therapy: Further Developments,” International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, August, 1964.
Nevertheless, we shall report on these observations eventually.
Cornellison, F. and Arsenian, J., ‘‘A Study of Psychotic Patients
(exposure) to Self-Image Experience,” Psychiatric Quarterly, 34:
1-8, 1960.
Murray, H., “Studies of Stressful Interpersonal Disputations,”
American Psychologist, 18: 28-36, 1963. See also, Nielson, G.,
Studies of Self-Confrontation, Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 1962,
pp. 221 et seq.
The relevance of these ‘‘moving images” of the self to the
theories of Mead, Cooley, and their contemporary “self-image”
protagonists remains to be elaborated.
Although videotherapy technique has since come into its own,
the theory seems to be emerging far slower than the process. The
work of Albert Scheflen is likely soon to remedy this situation.
See however, Berger, M. M. (ed.), Videotape Techniques in
Psychiatric Training and Treatment, Brunner/Mazel, New York,
1970.
77:
80.
81.
TimMEForms 181
Eliot, T. S. (from “Burnt Norton’’) in Four Quarters, Harcourt,
Brace and World, New York, 1943, p. 4.
Freud, S., ‘New Introductory Lectures,” Standard Edition, op.
cit., vol. XXII, p. 74.
Galileo, Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World Systems,
Stillman Drake (transl.), forward by Albert Einstein. University
of California Press, Berkeley, 1967.
CONTENTS
Foreword —— Philip Slater
Prologue
1
Is
8.
LSD Subcultures: Acidoxy versus Orthodoxy
. Groovin’ on Time: Fragments of a Sociology of the
Psychedelic Experience
. Time, Pathos, and Synchrony: Accelerating Alienation
. The Coming Synthesis: Chronetics and Cybernation—The
Architecture of Social Time
. Psychedelic Myths, Metaphors and Fantasies
. Metarap: Who You Are Is How You Change
Drugs as Chronetic Agents
Frequency and Form
Metalog—On Social Time II
Notes
PHILIP SLATER, author of /n Pursuit of Loneliness, says
that “TimeForms is...
. . an essential work for anyone trying to understand our
era, its changes, the counterculture, the future.
... “Clearly, this is the direction in which the exploration
of ultimate concerns must go. All events which seem
mysterious to us-psychic phenomena, unexplainable forms
of communication, transcendental experiences—lend them-
selves to explanation in temporal terms.
... “The sense of the interconnectedness of all living things,
of the exquisite timing necessary to maintain and express this
harmony, has largely atrophied. Hopefully, this volume will
assist its reawakening.”
caacmmmemanes.
“SOCIAL CHANGE” SERIES, edited by Victor Gioscia
This series of Gordon and Breach books is edited in tandem
with the journal entitled Social Change. The series includes the
following books
VARIETIES OF TEMPORAL EXPERIENCE (in four volumes) by Victor
Gioscia
BETWEEN PARADIGMS The Mood and its Purpose by Frank Gillette
HOW BEHAVIOR MEANS by Albert E. Scheflen
FOOTHOLDS by Philip Slater
EARTHCHILD Glories of the Asphixiated Spectrum by Warren Brodey
BIRTH AND DEATH AND CYBERNATION _ The Cybernetics of the
Sacred by Paul Ryan
GALAXIES OF LIFE The Human Aura in Acupuncture and Kirlian
Photography edited by Stanley Krippner and Daniel Rubin
TOWARD A RADICAL THERAPY Alternate Services for Personal and
Social Change by Ted Clark and Dennis T. Jaffe
Other books in the series will be announced as they approach completion
|